Iec 61439-1-2020
Iec 61439-1-2020
Iec 61439-1-2020
INTERNATIONAL
STANDARD
NORME
INTERNATIONALE
D roits de re p ro d u c tio n re serves. S a u f in d ic a tio n c o n tra ire , a u cune pa rtie de c e tte p u b lic a tio n ne pe ut Ğtre re p ro d u ite
ni u tilis e e s o u s q u e lq u e fo rm e qu e ce s o it et p a r a u cun p rocede , e le c tro n iq u e o u m e ca n iq u e , y c o m p ris la p h o to co p ie
e t le s m ic ro film s , san s l'a cco rd Ğcrit de N E C ou d u C o m it6 n a tional de N E C du pa ys du d e m a n d e u r. Si vou s ave z des
q u e s tio n s s u r le c o p y rig h t d e N E C o u si vou s dĞ sirez o b te n ir d e s d ro its s u p p le m e n ta ire s s u r ce tte pu b lica tio n , utilise z
les c o o rd o n n â e s c i-a p râ s ou c o n ta c te z le C o m it6 n a tio n a l de N E C de votre pa ys de re sid ence .
A b o u t th e IEC
T h e In te rn a tio n a l E le c tro te c h n ic a l C o m m is s io n (IE C ) is th e le a d in g glo b a l o rg a n iz a tio n th a t p re p a re s and p u b lish e s
In te rn a tio n a l S ta n d a rd s fo r all e le c tric a l, e le c tro n ic and re la te d te ch n o lo g ie s.
A p ro p o s d e NEC
La C o m m is s io n E le c tro te c h n iq u e In te rn a tio n a le (IE C ) e s t la p re m ie re o rg a n is a tio n m o n d ia le qu i e la b o re et pu b lie de s
N orm es in te m a tio n a le s p o u r to u t ce qu i a tra it â l’e le c tric ite , â I'e le c tro n iq u e e t au x te c h n o lo g ie s ap pare ntâ es.
INTERNATIONAL
STANDARD
NORME
INTERNATIONALE
INTERNATIONAL
ELECTROTECHNICAL
COMMISSION
COMMISSION
ELECTROTECHNIQUE
INTERNATIONALE
CONTENTS
F O R E W O R D .......................................................................................................................................................... 8
IN T R O D U C T IO N .................................................................................................................................................10
1 S c o p e ............................................................................................................................................................. 11
2 N orm ative re fe re n c e s ............................................................................................................................... 11
3 T erm s and d e fin itio n s .............................................................................................................................. 14
3.1 G eneral te rm s ...................................................................................................................................14
3.2 C on structio na l units o f a s s e m b lie s ............................................................................................ 16
3.3 E xternal design o f a s s e m b lie s .....................................................................................................18
3.4 S tru ctu ra l parts o f a s s e m b lie s .....................................................................................................19
3.5 C on ditio ns o f insta lla tio n o f a s s e m b lie s ................................................................................. 20
3.6 Insulation c h a ra c te ris tic s ............................................................................................................. 20
3.7 P rotection against e le ctric s h o c k ................................................................................................23
3.8 C h a ra c te ris tic s ................................................................................................................................. 27
3.9 V e rific a tio n ........................................................................................................................................31
3.10 M a n u fa c tu re r....................................................................................................................................32
3.11 U se r..................................................................................................................................................... 32
4 Sym bols and a b b re v ia tio n s .................................................................................................................... 32
5 Interface c h a ra c te ris tic s ..........................................................................................................................33
5.1 G e n e ra l............................................................................................................................................... 33
5.2 V oltage ra tin g s ................................................................................................................................. 33
5.2.1 Rated voltage (U n) (of the a s s e m b ly )..............................................................................33
5.2.2 Rated o pe ra tion al voltage {(Je) (of a c irc u it of an a sse m b ly )................................... 34
5.2.3 Rated insu latio n voltage ((/j) (o f a c irc u it o f an a s s e m b ly ).......................................34
5.2.4 Rated im pulse w ithstand voltage (£/imp) (o f the a s s e m b ly )......................................34
5.3 C urrent ra tin g s ................................................................................................................................. 34
5.3.1 Rated cu rren t of an assem bly ( /nA) ................................................................................. 34
5.3.2 Rated cu rren t of a m ain outgoing c irc u it ( / nc) ...............................................................34
5.3.3 G roup rated cu rre n t o f a main c irc u it ( /ng) ..................................................................... 35
5.3.4 Rated peak w ithstan d current ( /pk) ...................................................................................35
5.3.5 Rated short-tim e w ithstand cu rre n t (/cw) (of a m ain circu it of an
a s s e m b ly )................................................................................................................................ 36
5.3.6 Rated co nd itio na l sh o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t (I cc) (o f an assem bly or acircu it
of an a s s e m b ly )..................................................................................................................... 36
5.4 Rated d ive rsity fa c to r (R D F )........................................................................................................ 36
5.5 Rated freq ue n cy (/n) ...................................................................................................................... 36
5.6 O ther c h a ra c te ris tic s ...................................................................................................................... 37
6 In fo rm a tio n .................................................................................................................................................. 37
6.1 A ssem bly design atio n m a rk in g ................................................................................................... 37
6.2 D o cu m e n ta tio n ................................................................................................................................. 37
6.2.1 Inform ation relating to the a s s e m b ly ............................................................................... 37
6.2.2 Instructio ns fo r handling, in stallatio n, operation and m a in te n a n ce ......................... 38
6.3 Device a nd/or com p on en t id e n tific a tio n ................................................................................... 38
7 S ervice c o n d itio n s .....................................................................................................................................38
7.1 Norm al service c o n d itio n s ............................................................................................................38
7.1.1 C lim atic c o n d itio n s ............................................................................................................... 38
7.1.2 P ollution d e g re e .................................................................................................................... 39
Table 4 - C on du cto r selection and insta lla tio n req uirem en ts (8 .6 .4 )................................................ 98
Table 5 - M inim um term inal capacity fo r co pp er pro tective conductors (PE) ( 8 .8 )....................... 98
T able 6 - T e m p e ra tu re -rise lim its ( 9 .2 ) ......................................................................................................99
T able 7 - V a lue s fo r the fa c to r n (9 .3 .3 ).................................................................................................. 100
T able 8 - P o w er-fre qu en cy w ithstan d vo ltag e fo r main c irc u its ( 1 0 .9 .2 ) ...................................... 100
T able 9 - P o w er-fre qu en cy w ithstan d vo ltag e fo r a u xilia ry c ircu its (1 0 .9 .2 )................................ 100
Table 10 - Im pulse w ithstan d te st vo ltag es (1 0 .9 .3 )............................................................................100
Table 11 - C opper te st co nd ucto rs fo r rated c u rre n ts up to 400 A inclu sive (10 .1 0 .2 .3 .2 ) ... 101
Table 12 - C opper te st co nd ucto rs fo r rated c u rre n ts from 400 A to 7 0 0 0 A
(1 0 .1 0 .2 .3 .2 )......................................................................................................................................................102
Table 13 - S h o rt-circu it ve rifica tio n by com p arison w ith refe ren ce designs: ch ecklist
(10 .5.3.3 , 10.11.3 and 1 0 .1 1 .4 )...................................................................................................................103
Table 14 - R ela tion ship betw een p ro spe ctive fa u lt cu rre n t and d ia m e te r o f co p p e r w ire .... 104
Table 15 - C lim a tic c o n d itio n s .................................................................................................................... 104
Table A.1 - C ro ss-sectio n o f co p p e r cables su ita b le fo r co nn ectio n to te rm in a ls fo r
e xternal c a b le s .................................................................................................................................................105
Table B.1 - V a lue s o f k fo r insulated p ro te ctive co n d u cto rs not inco rp o ra ted in cables
o r bare p ro te ctive co nd ucto rs in co n ta ct w ith cable c o v e rin g ............................................................106
T able C.1 - U ser inform a tion te m p la te .....................................................................................................107
Table D.1 - L ist o f design ve rific a tio n s to be p e rfo rm e d ..................................................................... 111
T able E.1 - E xam ples o f loading fo r an a s s e m b ly ................................................................................114
T able F.1 - M inim um w idth o f g ro o v e s .....................................................................................................117
Table G.1 - C orresp on de nce betw een the nom inal vo ltag e o f the supply system and
the e qu ip m e n t rated im pulse w ithstan d v o lta g e .....................................................................................123
Table H.1 - O p erating cu rre n t and pow er loss o f sin g le -co re co pp er cables w ith a
p erm issible co n d u cto r te m p era ture o f 70 °C (am bient te m p era ture inside the assem bly:
55 ° C ) .................................................................................................................................................................. 124
Table H.2 - R eduction fa cto r k-\ fo r cables w ith a p erm issible c o n d u c to r te m p era ture
o f 70 °C (extra ct from IEC 6 0 3 64 -5 -5 2 :20 09 , T able B .5 2 .1 4 )............................................................125
Table J.1 - T ests fo r EMC im m unity fo r e n viro n m e nt A (see J .1 0 .1 2 .2 )......................................131
Table J.2 - T ests fo r EMC im m unity fo r e n viro n m e nt B (see J .1 0 .1 2 .2 )..................................... 132
Table J.3 - A cceptance crite ria w hen e le ctrom ag ne tic disturbances are p re s e n t...................... 133
Table K.1 - O perating cu rre n t and pow er loss o f bare co p p e r bars w ith recta ng u la r
cross-sectio n, run h o rizo n ta lly and arranged w ith th e ir large st fa ce ve rtica l, frequency
50 Hz to 60 Hz (am bie nt a ir te m p era ture inside the assem bly: 55 °C, te m p era ture of
the co n d u cto r 70 ° C ).......................................................................................................................................134
Table K.2 - F actor k^ fo r d iffe re n t te m p e ra tu re s o f the a ir inside the a ssem bly and/or
fo r the c o n d u c to rs ............................................................................................................................................135
LO W -V O LTA G E S W IT C H G E A R A N D C O N T R O L G E A R A S S E M B L IE S -
FOREWORD
1) T h e In te rn a tio n a l E le c tro te c h n ic a l C o m m is s io n (IE C ) is a w o rld w id e o rg a n iz a tio n fo r s ta n d a rd iz a tio n c o m p ris in g
a ll n a tio n a l e le c tro te c h n ic a l c o m m itte e s (IE C N a tio n a l C o m m itte e s ). T h e o b je c t o f IE C is to p ro m o te
in te rn a tio n a l c o -o p e ra tio n o n a ll q u e s tio n s c o n c e rn in g s ta n d a rd iz a tio n in th e e le c tric a l an d e le c tro n ic fie ld s . To
th is en d a n d in a d d itio n to o th e r a c tiv itie s , IE C p u b lis h e s In te rn a tio n a l S ta n d a rd s , T e c h n ic a l S p e c ific a tio n s ,
T e c h n ic a l R e p o rts . P u b lic ly A v a ila b le S p e c ific a tio n s (P A S ) a n d G u id e s (h e re a fte r re fe rre d to as “ IE C
P u b lic a tio n (s )"). T h e ir p re p a ra tio n is e n tru s te d to te c h n ic a l c o m m itte e s ; a n y IE C N a tio n a l C o m m itte e in te re s te d
in th e s u b je c t d e a lt w ith m a y p a rtic ip a te in th is p re p a ra to ry w o rk . In te rn a tio n a l, g o v e rn m e n ta l a n d n o n
g o v e rn m e n ta l o rg a n iz a tio n s lia is in g w ith th e IE C a ls o p a rtic ip a te in th is p re p a ra tio n . IE C c o lla b o ra te s c lo s e ly
w ith th e In te rn a tio n a l O rg a n iz a tio n fo r S ta n d a rd iz a tio n (IS O ) in a c c o rd a n c e w ith c o n d itio n s d e te rm in e d by
a g re e m e n t b e tw e e n th e tw o o rg a n iz a tio n s .
In te rn atio na l S tandard IEC 61439-1 has been prepared by subcom m ittee 121B: Low -voltage
sw itch g e a r and co n tro lg e a r a ssem blies, o f IEC te chn ical co m m itte e 121: S w itch g e a r and
co n tro lg e a r and th e ir a ssem blies fo r low voltage.
This third edition ca nce ls and replaces the second edition published in 2011. It co n stitu te s a
te chn ical revision.
This e dition includes the fo llo w in g s ig n ific a n t te ch n ica l changes w ith resp ect to the previous
edition:
a) cla rifica tio n th a t pow er e le ctric c o n ve rte r system s, sw itch m ode pow er supplies,
u n in te rru p ta b le pow er su pp lie s and a d ju sta b le speed pow er drive system s are te ste d to
th e ir p a rticu la r p roducts sta nd ard , but w hen they are inco rp o ra ted in assem blies the
inco rp o ra tion is in a ccorda nce w ith the IEC 61439 series o f sta nd ard s;
b) intro du ction o f a group rated cu rre n t fo r c ircu its w ith in a loaded a ssem bly and the
refocusing o f te m p e ra tu re -rise ve rific a tio n on th is new c h a ra cte ristic;
F D IS R e p o rt o n v o tin g
1 2 1 B /9 9 /F D IS 1 2 1 B /1 0 3 /R V D
Full inform a tion on the voting fo r the a pproval o f th is In te rn atio na l S tandard can be found in
the re p o rt on vo ting indicated in the above table.
The re a d e r’s a tte ntio n is draw n to the fa c t th a t A nnex N lists all the “in-so m e -co u n trie s"
clauses on d iffe rin g practices o f a less perm anent nature reg ardin g this docum ent.
This d ocu m e nt has been d ra fte d in accorda nce w ith the IS O /IE C D ire ctives, P art 2.
A list o f all parts o f the IEC 61439 se ries, u nder the g eneral title L ow -vo lta ge s w itc h g e a r and
co n tro lg e a r assem blies, can be found on the IEC w ebsite.
The co m m itte e has decided th a t the co nte nts o f th is d ocu m e nt w ill rem ain unchanged until the
s ta b ility date indicated on the IEC w eb site u nder " h ttp ://w e b s to re .ie c .c h ” in the data related to
the sp ecific d ocum ent. A t th is date, the d ocu m e nt w ill be
• reconfirm ed,
• w ithd ra w n,
• replaced by a revised edition, or
• am ended.
INTRODUCTION
The purpose o f th is d ocu m e nt is to harm onize as fa r as p ra cticab le all rules and requirem ents
o f a g en eral nature a p p lica b le to low -volta ge s w itc h g e a r and c o n tro lg e a r a ssem blies, in o rd er
to obtain u n ifo rm ity o f req uirem en ts and v e rific a tio n fo r a ssem blies and to avoid the need fo r
ve rifica tio n in o the r standards. All those req uirem en ts fo r the va riou s a ssem bly standards
w hich can be co nside red as g en eral have th e re fo re been gathered in this docu m e nt to ge th er
w ith sp e cific su bjects o f w ide interest and a pp lica tion , e.g. te m p e ra tu re -rise , d ie le ctric
properties, etc.
For each type o f low -volta ge sw itch g e a r and c o n tro lg e a r assem bly, only tw o m ain standards
are n ecessary to determ ine all req uirem en ts and the corresp on din g m ethods o f v e rifica tio n :
- the basic standard, (this d ocu m e nt) referred to as “ IEC 61439-1" in the s p e c ific standards,
coverin g the va riou s typ es o f low -volta ge sw itch g e a r and co n tro lg e a r a ssem blies;
- the sp ecific a ssem bly standard h ere in a fte r also referred to as the re le va n t a ssem bly
standard.
For a g eneral rule to apply to a sp ecific a ssem bly sta nd ard , it should be e x p lic itly referred to
by q uoting th is docu m e nt fo llow ed by the releva n t clause or su bclau se n um ber e.g.
“ IEC 614 39 -1 :2 02 0, 9 .1 .3 ” .
A sp e cific a ssem bly standard m ay not req uire, and hence need not ca ll up, a g eneral rule
w here it is not a p p lica b le , or it can add req uirem en ts if the g en eral rule is deem ed inadequate
in the p a rticu la r case, but it m ay not d eviate from it unless th ere is su b sta n tia l te chn ical
ju s tific a tio n deta ile d in the sp e cific a ssem bly standard.
W here, in th is docum ent, a cro ss-re fe re n ce is m ade to a no the r clause, the reference is to be
taken to apply to th a t clause as am ended by the s p e c ific a ssem bly sta nd ard , w here applicable.
For the IEC 61439 se ries, the fo llo w in g parts are published:
This list is not e xha ustive ; a dd itio n a l parts can be developed as the need arises.
LO W -V O LTA G E S W IT C H G E A R A N D C O N T R O L G E A R A S S E M B L IE S -
1 Scope
This part o f IEC 61439 lays dow n the g en eral d e fin itio n s and se rvice co n d itio n s, co nstructio n
req uirem en ts, te chn ical ch a ra cte ris tic s and v e rific a tio n req uirem en ts fo r low -voltage
sw itch g e a r and co n tro lg e a r a ssem blies.
For the purpose o f d ete rm inin g a ssem bly co nfo rm ity, the req uirem en ts o f the releva n t part o f
the IEC 61439 series, Part 2 onw ards, apply to g e th e r w ith the cited requirem ents o f this
docum ent. For a ssem blies not covered by Part 3 onw ard, Part 2 applies.
This d ocu m e nt a pplies to a ssem blies o n ly w hen required by the re le va n t a ssem bly standard
as follow s:
- assem blies fo r w hich the rated vo ltag e does not exceed 1 000 V AC or
1 500 V DC;
- assem blies designed fo r a nom inal fre q u e n cy o f the incom ing supply or su pp lie s not
e xceeding 1 000 Hz;
- a ssem blies intended fo r ind oo r and o utd oo r a pp lica tio n s;
- sta tio n a ry o r m ovable a ssem blies w ith o r w ith o u t an enclosure;
- assem blies intended fo r use in co nn ectio n w ith the gen eratio n, tran sm issio n, d istrib u tio n
and conve rsio n o f e le ctric energy, and fo r the co ntrol o f e le ctrica l energy consum ing
equipm ent.
This docu m e nt does not apply to individ ua l devices and se lf-co n ta in e d co m p on en ts such as
m otor sta rters, fu se sw itche s, pow er e le ctro n ic co nve rte r syste m s and e qu ip m en t (PEC S ),
sw itch m ode pow er supplies (SM PS), u n in terru ptab le pow er supplies (UPS), basic drive
m odules (BD M ), co m p le te d rive m odules (CD M ), a djustab le speed pow er d rives system s
(PD S), and o the r e le ctro n ic e qu ip m en t w hich com ply w ith th e ir re le va n t pro du ct standards.
This d ocu m e nt d escrib e s the integ ra tion o f devices and se lf-c o n ta in e d co m ponents into an
assem bly or into an em pty e nclo su re fo rm ing an assem bly.
For som e a p p lica tio n s invo lvin g, fo r exam ple, e xplosive atm o sph e re s, fu nctio na l safety, there
can be a need to com ply w ith the req uirem en ts o f o th e r standards o r leg isla tion in add itio n to
those sp ecified in the IEC 61439 series.
2 N o rm a tiv e re fe r e n c e s
The fo llo w in g docum ents are referred to in the te xt in such a w ay th a t som e o r all o f th eir
co nte nt co n stitu te s req uirem en ts o f th is docum ent. For dated refe ren ces, only the edition
cited app lie s. For undated references, the latest e dition o f the referenced docu m e nt (including
any a m endm ents) applies.
IEC 60068 -2 -1 1 :19 81 , B asic e n viro n m e n ta l te sting p ro c e d u re s - P a rt 2-11: Tests - Test Ka:
S alt m ist
IEC 6 0 3 64 -4 -4 1 :20 05 , L ow -vo lta ge e le c tric a l in s ta lla tio n s - P art 4-41: P ro tectio n fo r s a fe ty -
P ro tectio n a g a in st e le ctric shock
IEC 6 0 3 6 4 -4 -4 1 :2 00 5/A M D 1 :2 01 7
IEC 6 0 3 64 -5 -5 1 :20 05 , E le c tric a l in sta lla tio n s o f b u ild in g s - P a rt 5-51: S election and e rection
o f e le c tric a l e qu ip m e n t - C om m on rules
IEC 6 0 3 64 -5 -5 2 :20 09 , L ow -vo lta ge e le c tric a l in s ta lla tio n s - P art 5-52: S electio n a nd e rection
o f e le c tric a l e q u ip m e n t - W iring system s
IEC 60445:2017, B asic and s a fe ty p rin c ip le s fo r m an -m ach ine interface , m a rkin g and
id e n tific a tio n - Id e n tifica tio n o f e q u ip m e n t term inals, c o n d u c to r te rm in a tio n s a nd co nd ucto rs
IEC 60447:2004, B a sic and sa fe ty p rin c ip le s fo r m an -m ach ine interface , m a rkin g and
id e n tific a tio n - A ctu a tin g p rin cip le s
IEC 6 0 6 95 -2 -1 0 :20 13 , F ire h a za rd te s tin g - P a rt 2-10: G lo w in g/h ot-w ire base d te s t m eth od s -
G low -w ire a pp aratus and com m on te st p ro ced ure
IEC 60695 -2 -1 1 :20 14 , F ire h a za rd te s tin g - P a rt 2-11: G lo w in g/h ot-w ire base d te st m eth od s -
G low -w ire fla m m a b ility te st m e th o d fo r e nd -p ro du cts (G W EPT)
IEC 6 0 8 6 5 -1 :2 0 1 1, S h o rt-c irc u it cu rre n ts - C alcu la tion o f e ffe c ts - P a rt 1: D e fin itio n s and
ca lcu la tio n m ethods
IEC 6 10 00 -4 -5 :2 01 4, E le ctro m a g n e tic c o m p a tib ility (EM C) - P art 4-5: T esting and
m e a surem e nt te chn iqu es - Surge im m u n ity te s t5
IEC 6 10 00 -4 -5 :2 01 4/A M D 1 :2 01 7
IEC 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -1 1 :2004, E le ctro m a g n e tic c o m p a tib ility (EM C) - P a rt 4-11: T esting and
m e a surem e nt te ch n iq u e s - Voltage dips, s h o rt in te rru p tio n s a nd voltage va ria tio n s im m u nity
tests
IEC 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -1 1:2004/A M D 1:2017
IEC 6 10 00 -6 -3 :2 00 6, E le ctro m a g n e tic c o m p a tib ility (EM C) - P a rt 6-3: G eneric sta nd ard s -
E m ission sta n d a rd fo r reside n tial, c o m m e rc ia l a nd lig h t-in d u s tria l e nviro n m e nts
IEC 610 0 0 -6 -3 :2 00 6/A M D 1 :2 01 0
IEC 6 10 00 -6 -4 :2 01 8, E le ctro m a g n e tic c o m p a tib ility (EM C) - P a rt 6-4: G eneric sta nd ard s -
E m ission sta n d a rd fo r in d u s tria l enviro n m e nts
IEC 61439 (all parts), L ow -vo lta ge sw itc h g e a r and co n tro lg e a r assem blies
IEC 62208:2011, E m pty e nclosu res fo r lo w -vo lta g e s w itc h g e a r a nd c o n tro lg e a r a ssem blies -
G e ne ra l req uirem en ts
4 T h e re is a c o n s o lid a te d e d itio n 3 .2 (2 0 1 0 ) th a t in c lu d e s IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -3 (2 0 0 6 ) an d A m e n d m e n t 1 (2 0 0 7 ) an d
A m e n d m e n t 2 (2 0 1 0 ).
For the purposes o f th is docum ent, the fo llo w in g term s and d e fin itio n s apply.
ISO and IEC m aintain te rm in o lo g ica l data ba se s fo r use in sta nd a rd iza tio n at the follow ing
addresses:
3.1.1
lo w -vo ltag e s w itch g ea r and c o n tro lg e a r assem bly
assem b ly
com bination o f one or m ore low -volta ge sw itchin g devices to g e th e r w ith a ssociated control,
m easuring, sig n a llin g , protective, regulating e quipm ent, w ith all the internal e le ctrica l and
m echanical inte rco n n e ctio n s and stru ctu ra l parts, as d efined by the o rig in a l m anufacturer,
w hich can be assem bled in accorda nce w ith the o rig in a l m a n u fa c tu re r’s instru ction s
3.1.2
assem b ly system
full range o f m echanical and e le ctrica l co m p on en ts (enclosures, busbars, fu n c tio n a l units,
a u xilia ry circu its and a ssociated co ntrols, e tc.), as defined by the o rigin al m anufacturer, w hich
can be assem ble d in a ccorda nce w ith the o rigin al m a n u fa c tu re r’s instru ction s in o rd er to
produce va riou s assem blies
3.1.3
m ain c ircu it
all the co nd uctive parts o f an a ssem bly included in a c irc u it w hich is intended to tra n sm it
e le ctrica l energy
3.1.4
a u x iliary c ircu it
all the co n d u ctive parts o f an a ssem bly included in a c irc u it (o th e r than the m ain circ u it)
intended to co ntrol, m easure, signal, reg ula te and process data, etc.
3.1.5
busbar
low -im p ed an ce co n d u cto r to w hich several e le c tric c irc u its can be connected at separate
points
3.1.6
m ain b usbar
busbar to w hich one or several d istrib u tio n b usbars a n d /o r incom ing and outgoing u nits are
connected
N o te 1 to e n try : C o n d u c to rs th a t a re c o n n e c te d b e tw e e n a fu n c tio n a l u n it an d a m a in b u s b a r a re n o t c o n s id e re d
a s a p a rt o f th e m a in b u s b a r.
3.1.7
d is trib u tio n busbar
busbar w ith in one se ction w hich is connected to a main busb ar and from w hich outgoing units
are supplied
3.1.8
fu n c tio na l unit
part o f an a ssem bly co m p rising all the e le c tric a l and m echanical ele m e n ts including sw itching
devices th a t co n trib u te to the fu lfilm e n t o f the sam e fu nctio n
3.1.9
incom ing unit
fu n ctio n a l unit th ro ug h w hich e le ctrica l energy is norm ally fed into the a ssem bly
3.1.10
o utgoing unit
fu n ctio n a l unit th ro ug h w hich e le ctrica l energy is norm ally su pplied to one or m ore e xternal
circu its
3.1.11
s h o rt-c irc u it p ro tective device
SCPD
device intended to p ro tect a c irc u it or parts o f a c irc u it a g a in st s h o rt-c irc u it cu rren ts by
in te rru p tin g them
3.1.12
c u rren t-lim itin g device
SCPD that, w ith in a sp ecified range o f current, p revents the let-through cu rre n t from reaching
the p ro sp e ctive peak va lu e and w hich lim its the let-th rou gh ene rg y (I 2t )
3.1.13
n o n -c u rren t-lim itin g device
SCPD that, w ith in a sp e cifie d range o f cu rren t, a llo w s the let-th ro u g h cu rre n t to reach the
p ro spe ctive peak va lu e and w hich can have a rated sh o rt-tim e w ithstan d cu rre n t ( /cw)
enabling it to w ithstan d the let-th rou gh energy fo r the d uration o f the s h o rt-tim e current
3.1.14
line con d u cto r
L
D EP R E C A TED : phase co n d u cto r (in AC system s)
D EP R E C A TED : pole co n d u cto r (in DC system s)
co nd ucto r w hich is energized in norm al ope ra tion and capable o f c o n trib u tin g to the
tran sm issio n or d istrib u tio n o f e le ctric energy but w hich is not a neutral or m id -po in t co nd ucto r
3.1.15
re lev a n t assem b ly standard
standard w ith in the IEC 61439 series, Part 2 onw ards, covering a g en eric type o f a ssem bly
3.2.1
fixed part
part co nsisting o f co m ponents assem bled and w ired on a com m on su pp ort and w hich is
designed fo r fixed insta lla tio n
3.2.2
rem o vab le part
part co nsisting o f co m p on en ts assem bled and w ired on a com m on s u p p o rt w hich is intended
to be rem oved e n tire ly from the a ssem bly and replaced w h ils t the m ain c irc u it to w hich it is
connected m ay be live
3.2.3
connected position
position o f a rem ovable part w hen it is fu lly connected fo r its intended function
3.2.4
rem oved position
position o f a rem ovable part when it is o utsid e the a ssem bly, and m ech an ically and
e le ctrica lly separated from it
3.2.5
insertio n in terlock
device p re ven ting the intro du ction o f a rem ovable part into a loca tion not intended fo r that
rem ovable part
3.2.6
fixed connection
conn ectio n w hich can be co nn ecte d w ith or w ith o u t a tool and only d isco nn ected by m eans o f
a tool
3.2.7
section
co nstructio n al u nit o f an a ssem bly betw een tw o su ccessive v e rtica l d e line atio ns
3.2.8
sub-section
co nstructio n al unit o f an a ssem bly betw een two successive h orizontal or v e rtica l d e line atio ns
w ithin a section
3.2.9
com p artm en t
section o r su b-sectio n enclosed e xcept fo r o pe ning s nece ssary fo r intercon ne ction , control or
ve ntilatio n
3.2.10
tran s p o rt unit
part o f an a ssem bly or a com p le te a ssem bly su ita b le fo r tra n s p o rta tio n w ith o u t being
dism antled
3.2.11
shu tter
part o f an a ssem bly w hich can be m oved betw een:
- a position in w hich it perm its e ng ag em en t o f the co nta cts o f a rem ovable part w ith fixed
contacts, and
- a position in w hich it becom es a part o f a co ver o r a p a rtitio n shielding the fixed co nta cts
[S O U R C E : IEC 6 0 0 5 0 -4 4 1 :2000, 4 41 -1 3-07 , m odified - The te xt has been e d ito ria lly
reform atted into two b u lle t points.]
3.3.1
o pen -typ e assem bly
a ssem bly co nsisting o f a su pp orting stru ctu re w hich su pp orts the e le c tric a l e quipm ent, the live
parts o f the e le ctrica l e qu ip m en t being a ccessible
3.3.2
d ea d -fro n t assem bly
o pen-type a ssem bly w ith a fro n t cover, the live parts possibly being a ccessible from directio n s
o th e r than the fron t
3.3.3
enclosed assem bly
a ssem bly w hich is enclosed on all sides w ith the possible e xcep tion o f its m ounting surface in
such a m anner as to provide a defined degree o f p rotection
3.3.4
c u b ic le -ty p e assem b ly
enclosed a ssem bly o f the flo o r-sta n d in g type, w hich m ay co m p rise several sections, s u b
sections or co m p artm en ts
3.3.5
m u lti-c u b ic le -ty p e assem bly
com bination o f a n um be r o f m ech an ically jo in e d cu b icle -typ e a ssem blies
3.3.6
d esk-typ e assem b ly
enclosed a ssem bly w ith a h orizo n tal or incline d co n tro l panel, or a co m b in a tion o f both, that
in co rp o ra te s co ntrol, m easuring, and s ig n a llin g apparatus, etc.
3.3.7
b ox-typ e assem b ly
enclosed a ssem bly intended to be m ounted on a ve rtica l plane
3.3.8
m u lti-b o x -ty p e assem b ly
com bination o f box-type a ssem blies m ech an ically jo in e d to ge th er, w ith o r w ith o u t a com m on
supporting fram e, the e le ctrica l co nn ectio ns passing betw een tw o a dja ce n t boxes through
ope ning s in the a djoin in g faces
3.3.9
w all-m o u n ted su rface typ e assem b ly
a ssem bly fo r in sta lla tio n on the su rfa ce o f a wall
3.3.10
w all-m o u n ted recessed typ e assem bly
a ssem bly fo r in sta lla tio n into a w all recess, w here the e nclosu re does not su pp ort the portion
o f w all above
3.3.11
flo o r-s ta n d in g assem b ly
a ssem bly fo r in sta lla tio n on the flo o r
3.4.1
sup p ortin g s tru ctu re
structure fo rm ing part o f an a ssem bly designed to su pp ort va riou s co m ponents o f the
a ssem bly and any enclosure
3.4.2
m ounting stru ctu re
structure not fo rm ing part o f an assem bly, designed to su pp ort an a ssem bly
3.4.3
m ounting plate
plate designed to su pp ort va riou s com ponents and su ita b le fo r insta lla tio n in an assem bly
3.4.4
m ounting fram e
fram e w o rk designed to su pp ort various co m ponents and su ita b le fo r in s ta lla tio n in an
assem bly
3.4.5
enclosure
housing a ffo rd in g the type and degree o f p ro tectio n su ita b le fo r the intended a pplication
3.4.6
cover
e xternal part o f the e nclosu re o f an assem bly
3.4.7
door
hinged o r sliding cover
3.4.8
rem o vab le cover
cover w hich is designed fo r closing an o pening in the e xterna l e nclosu re and w hich can be
rem oved fo r ca rrying out certain o pe ra tion s and m aintenance work
3.4.9
cover plate
part o f an a ssem bly w hich is used fo r closin g an opening in the e xterna l e nclosu re and
design ed to be held in place by screw s or sim ila r m eans
3.4.10
p artitio n
part o f an a ssem bly se pa ra ting one co m p artm en t from o th e r co m p artm en ts
3.4.11
b arrier
part pro vid ing p rotection a gainst d irect co nta ct from any usual d irectio n o f access
[S O U R C E : IEC 60050 -1 95 :1 99 8, 195-06-15, m odified - “ (e le c tric a lly ) p ro tective " has been
deleted from the term .]
3.4.12
obstacle
part preventing u n in te n tio n a l d irect contact, but not p re ven ting d ire c t c o n ta ct by d e lib e ra te
action
3.4.13
term in al shield
part enclosin g te rm in a ls and pro vid ing a defined degree o f p rotection a g a in st a ccess to live
parts by persons o r o bjects
3.4.14
cable entry
part w ith ope ning s w hich p erm it the passage o f cables into the a ssem bly
3.4.15
p ro tected space
part o f an a ssem bly intended to enclose e le c tric a l com ponents, and w hich pro vid e s defined
p ro tectio n a ga in st e xterna l influ en ces and co nta ct w ith live parts
3.5.1
assem b ly fo r in d o o r in s ta lla tion
a ssem bly th a t is designed fo r use in loca tion s w here the norm al se rvice co nd itio ns fo r indoor
use as sp ecified in 7.1 apply
3.5.2
assem b ly fo r o u td o o r in s ta lla tio n
a ssem bly th a t is designed fo r use in locations w here the norm al se rvice c o n d itio n s fo r o utd oo r
use as sp ecified in 7.1 apply
3.5.3
s ta tio n a ry assem b ly
a ssem bly th a t is design ed to be fixed at its place o f installatio n, fo r instance to the flo o r or to
a w all, and to be used at this place
3.5.4
m ovable assem bly
a ssem bly w hich is designed so th a t it can rea dily be m oved from one place o f use to a no the r
3.6.1
clearance
sh ortest d istan ce in a ir betw een two co n d u ctive parts
3.6.2
creep ag e distan ce
sh ortest d istan ce along the surface o f a solid insu latin g m aterial betw een tw o conductive
parts
3.6.3
o vervoltag e
vo ltag e having a peak value e xceeding the corresp on din g peak value o f m axim um steady-
state vo ltag e at norm al ope ra ting cond itio ns
[S O U R C E : IEC 6 0 6 64 -1 :2 00 7, 3.7]
3.6.4
tem p o ra ry o vervoltag e
o ve rvo lta g e at pow er fre q u e n cy o f several seconds duration
3.6.5
tra n s ie n t o ve rv olta g e
sh ort d uration o ve rvo lta g e o f a fe w m illiseco nd s o r less, o s c illa to ry or n on -o scilla to ry, u sually
hig hly dam ped
3.6.6
p o w er-fre qu e n cy w ith stand voltage
RMS va lu e o f a p ow er-fre q ue ncy sinu soid al v o lta g e w hich does not cause breakdow n under
specified co n d itio n s o f te st
3.6.7
im pulse w ith stan d v oltag e
h ighest peak value o f im pulse voltage o f prescribed form and p olarity w hich does not cause
breakdow n o f insu latio n under sp ecified cond itio ns
3.6.8
pollution
add itio n o f fo re ign m atter, solid, liqu id , or gaseous th a t can resu lt in a red uctio n o f e le ctric
strength or surface re s is tiv ity o f the insulation
3.6.9
pollution degree
<of e nviro n m e nta l co n d itio n s> co nve ntio na l num ber based on the am o un t o f co n d u ctive or
h ygrosco pic dust, ionized gas or salt, and on the re la tive h um id ity and its fre q u e n cy o f
o ccurre nce resu ltin g in h ygrosco pic a bso rp tio n or co nd en satio n o f m oisture leading to
red uctio n in d ie le c tric strength a nd /or surface re s is tiv ity
[S O U R C E : IEC 609 47 -1 :2 02 0, 3.7.57, m odified - N otes to e n try have been adapted fo r the
co nd itio ns associated with a ssem blies.]
3.6.10
enviro n m en t
3.6.10.1
m ic ro -en viro n m en t
im m ediate e n viro n m e n t o f the insu latio n w hich p a rtic u la rly influ en ces the dim en sion ing o f the
creepage d istances
3.6.10.2
m acro -en v iro n m e nt
e n viro n m e nt o f the room or o th e r location in w hich the a ssem bly is installed or used
[S O U R C E : IEC 60050 -4 42 :2 01 4, m odified - In the d e fin itio n , the term “e qu ipm ent" has been
replaced by “a ssem bly".]
3.6.11
o ve rv o lta g e catego ry
<of a c irc u it or w ithin an e le ctrica l system > co nve ntio na l num ber based on lim iting (or
co n tro llin g ) the values o f p ro spe ctive tra n s ie n t o ve rvo lta g e s o ccurrin g in a c irc u it (or w ithin an
e le ctrica l system having d iffe re n t nom inal v o lta g e s) and d epending upon the m eans em ployed
to influence the o vervolta ge s
3.6.12
surge p ro tective device
SPD
device designed to p ro tect the e le ctrica l a pp aratus from high tra n s ie n t o ve rvo lta g e s and to
lim it the d uratio n and fre q u e n tly the a m p litu d e o f the fo llo w -o n cu rre n t
[S O U R C E : IEC 609 47 -1 :2 02 0, 3.4.22, m odified - The term "surge a rre ste r" w as replaced with
"surge p ro te ctive device" and "S PD ".]
3.6.13
in su latio n co o rd in atio n
m utual co rre la tio n o f insu latin g ch a ra c te ris tic s o f e le ctrica l e qu ip m en t taking into a ccou nt the
expected m icro -e n viro n m e n t and o th e r influ en cing stresses
3.6.14
inh o m o g eneou s field
e le ctric field w hich has not an e sse n tia lly co n sta n t vo ltag e g ra d ie n t betw een e le ctrod es
3.6.15
tracking
p ro gressive fo rm a tion o f cond uctin g paths w hich are produced on the surface o f a solid
insu latin g m aterial, due to the com bined e ffe cts o f e le ctric stress and e le c tro ly tic
co ntam ination on th is surface
3.6.16
c om parative trac kin g index
CTI
n um erical va lu e o f the m axim um vo ltag e in volts w hich a m aterial can w ithstan d w itho ut
trackin g and w ith o u t a p e rsiste n t flam e o ccurrin g u nder sp ecified te s t cond itio ns
3.6.17
d isru p tive disch arg e
phenom enon a ssociated w ith the fa ilu re o f insu latio n under e le ctrica l stress, in w hich the
d isch arg e co m p le te ly bridges the insu latio n under te st, reducing the voltage betw een the
e le ctrod es to ze ro o r nearly zero
3.7.1
live part
conductive part intended to be e nergized u nder norm al co nd itio ns, inclu ding a neutral
co nd ucto r or m id -po in t co nd ucto r, but by conve ntio n not a PEN co n d u cto r or PEM co nd ucto r
o r PEL co n d u cto r
3.7.2
h azardous live part
live part w hich, under certa in co nd itio ns, can g ive a harm ful e le c tric shock
3.7.3
e xp o se d -c o n d u c tive -p a rt
conductive part o f the a ssem bly, w hich can be touched and w hich is not norm a lly live, but
w hich can becom e live w hen basic insu latio n fa ils
3.7.4
p ro tective con d u cto r
PE
co nd ucto r provided fo r purposes o f safety, fo r exam ple p rotection a ga in st e le c tric shock
e x p o s e d -c o n d u c tiv e -p a rts ;
- m a in e a rth in g te rm in a l;
- e a rth e le c tro d e ;
3.7.5
neutral con d u cto r
N
co nd ucto r e le c tric a lly co nn ecte d to the neutral p oint and ca pa ble o f co n trib u tin g to the
d istrib u tio n o f e le ctrica l energy
3.7.6
PEN con d u cto r
co nd ucto r com b in ing the fu nctio ns o f both a p ro tective e arthing co n d u cto r and a neutral
conductor
3.7.7
fa u lt curren t
cu rre n t resu ltin g from an insu latio n fa ilu re , the bridging o f insu latio n o r in c o rre c t conn ectio n in
an e le ctrica l circu it
3.7.8
basic protection
p ro tectio n a gainst e le ctric shock u nder fa u lt-fre e co nd itio ns
3.7.9
b asic in sulation
insu latio n o f hazardous live parts, w hich provides basic p rotection
3.7.10
fa u lt p ro tectio n
p ro tectio n a ga in st e le ctric shock u nder s in g le -fa u lt co nd itio ns
[S O U R C E : IEC 60050 -1 95 :1 99 8, 195-06-02, m odified - The notes to e n try have been added.]
3.7.11
PELV system
e le ctric system in w hich the voltage cannot exceed the values given in IEC 6 0364-4-41:2005,
C lause 414;
3.7.12
SE LV system
e le ctric system in w hich the vo ltag e cannot exceed the values given in IEC 6 0364-4-41:2005,
C lause 414:
3.7.13
(e le c tric a lly ) skilled person
person w ith releva n t education and expe rie nce to ena ble him o r her to perceive risks and to
avoid hazards w hich e le ctricity can create
3.7.14
com peten t person
person w ho can ju d g e the w ork a ssigned and recognize possible hazards on the basis o f
p ro fessio na l tra in in g , expe rie nce and know ledge o f the re le va n t e quipm ent
3.7.15
in stru cted person
person a d e q u a te ly advised or supe rvise d by skille d p ersons to enable him or her to perceive
risks and to avoid h azards e le c tric ity can create
[S O U R C E : IEC 60050 -8 26 :2 00 4, 8 26 -1 8-02 , m odified - "(e le c tric a lly )" w as deleted from the
m ain te rm .]
3.7.16
o rd in ary person
person w ho is n e ith e r a skilled person nor an instructed person
3.7.17
auth o rized person
skilled o r instructed person w ho is em pow ered to execute d efined work
3.7.18
m id -p o in t con d u cto r
M
co nd ucto r e le ctrica lly connected to the m id -po in t and capable o f the tra n sm issio n o f e le ctrica l
energy
[S O U R C E : IEC 60050 -1 95 :1 99 8, 195-02-07, m odified - In the d e fin itio n , "co n trib u tin g to the
d istrib u tio n " has been replaced by "the tra n sm issio n ". Note 1 to e ntry has been added.]
3.7.19
PEM con d u cto r
co nd ucto r com bining the fu n ctio n s o f both a p ro tective earthing co n d u cto r and a m id -po in t
conductor
3.7.20
PEL con d u cto r
co nd ucto r com b in ing the fu nctio ns o f both a p ro te ctive e arthing co n d u cto r and a line
conductor
3.7.21
su p p le m e n ta ry in sulatio n
ind ep en d en t insu latio n applied in add itio n to basic insu latio n fo r fa u lt protection
3.7.22
double in sulation
insu latio n com p rising both basic insu latio n and s u pp le m en tary insulation
3.7.23
rein fo rced insulation
insu latio n o f h a za rd o u s-live -p a rts w hich provides a degree o f p rotection a ga in st e le c tric shock
e qu iva len t to dou ble insulation
3.7.24
class I assem b ly
a ssem bly w ith at least one provision fo r a basic p rotection and aconn ectio n to a p rotective
co nd ucto r as provision fo r a fa u lt p rotection
N o te 1 to e n try : S e e IE C 6 1 1 4 0 :2 0 1 6 , 7 .3 fo r fu r th e r d e ta ils .
3.7.25
class II assem bly
a ssem bly w hich is provided w ith the fo llo w in g:
N o te 1 to e n try : S e e IE C 6 1 1 4 0 :2 0 1 6 , 7.4
3.8.1
nom inal value
value o f a q u a n tity used to d esig n a te and id e n tify a com ponent, device, e qu ip m en t or system
N o te 1 to e n try : T h e n o m in a l v a lu e is g e n e ra lly a ro u n d e d v a lu e .
3.8.2
lim itin g value
in a sp ecificatio n o f a com ponent, device, e quipm ent or system , the g re a te st or sm allest
a dm issib le value o f a q u a n tity
3.8.3
rated value
value o f a q u a n tity used fo r sp e cifica tio n purposes, e stablished fo r a sp ecified set o f operating
co nd itio ns o f a com p on en t, device, equipm ent, or system
3.8.4
rating
set o f rated values and ope ra ting cond itio ns
3.8.5
nom inal v oltag e
a pproxim ate value o f voltage used to d esig n a te or id e n tify an e le ctrica l system
[S O U R C E : IEC 6 00 50-601:1985, 6 01 -0 1-21 , m odified - D eletion o f "(o f a system )" from the
term and addition o f "e le c tric a l" in the d e fin itio n .]
3.8.6
s h o rt-c irc u it curren t
'c
o vercurre n t resu ltin g from a sh o rt-c irc u it due to a fa u lt or an in co rre ct conn ectio n in an
e le ctric circu it
3.8.7
p ro sp ective s h o rt-c irc u it current
^cp
cu rre n t w hich w ould flo w if the supply co nd ucto rs to the c irc u it are s h o rt-circu ite d by a
co nd ucto r o f n e g lig ib le im pedance located as near as p ra cticab le to the supply te rm in a ls o f
the a ssem bly
3.8.8
c u t-o ff current
let-throu gh curren t
'it
m axim um instan tan e ou s value o f cu rre n t a ttained during the breaking o pe ra tion o f a sw itching
device o r a fuse
3.8.9
voltage ratings
3.8.9.1
rated v oltag e
Un
h ighest nom inal vo ltag e o f the e le ctrica l system , declared by the a ssem bly m anufacturer, to
w hich the m ain circu it(s) o f the a ssem bly is (are) designed to be connected
N o te 2 to e n try : T ra n s ie n ts a re d is re g a rd e d .
3.8.9.2
rated o p era tio n a l voltage
value o f vo ltag e, AC (R M S) o r DC (m ean va lu e), declared by the a ssem bly m a n u fa ctu re r for
the a ssem bly or a c irc u it o f an a ssem bly, w hich, co m b in e d w ith the rate d c u rre n t, d e te rm in e s
its a p p lica tio n
3.8.9.3
rated in sulation voltage
RMS w ithstan d voltage va lu e, a ssigned by the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r (3.1 0.2) to the
a ssem bly or to a circu it o f an a ssem bly, c h aracte rizin g the specified (lo n g -te rm ) w ithstan d
ca p a b ility o f the insulation
[S O U R C E : IEC 60664-1 2007, 3.9.1, m odified - The sym bol U\ has been added. In the
d e fin itio n , “ m a n u fa ctu re r” has been replaced by “a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r (3 .1 0 .2 )" and
‘e qu ip m en t or to a part o f it’ has been replaced by ‘a ssem bly or to a c irc u it o f an a s s e m b ly ’.
Note 1 to e ntry has been added.]
3.8.9.4
rated im pulse w ith stand voltage
^imp
im pulse w ithstan d vo ltag e value, assigned by the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r fo r an a ssem bly o r a
circu it o f an assem bly, ch a ra cte rizin g the sp ecified w ithstan d c a p a b ility o f the insulation
a ga in st tra n sie n t overvolta ge s
[S O U R C E : IEC 60664-1 2007, 3.9.2, m odified - “w ith s ta n d ” has been added to term ; the
sym bol £/imp has been added. In the d e fin itio n , ‘to the equipment or to a part of it’ has been
replaced by fo r an a ssem bly o r a c irc u it o f an a s s e m b ly ’.]
3.8.10
c u rren t ratings
3.8.10.1
rated current
va lu e o f u ninterru pted current, declared by the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r w hich can be carried
w ith o u t the te m p e ra tu re -rise o f va riou s parts o f the a ssem bly e xceeding sp ecified lim its under
specified co nd itio ns
3 .8.10.2
rated peak w ith stand current
^pk
value o f peak sh o rt-circu it cu rre n t declared by the a ssem bly m anufacturer, th a t can be
w ithstoo d u nder sp ecified co n d itio n s
3 .8.10.3
rated sh o rt-tim e w ith stan d curren t
^cw
RMS value o f AC or m ean value o f DC sh ort-tim e cu rren t, declared by the a ssem bly
m anufacturer, th a t can be w ithstoo d under sp ecified co n d itio n s, d efined in term s o f cu rren t
and tim e
3 .8.10.4
rated co n d itio n al s h o rt-c irc u it current
Içç
value o f the p ro spe ctive sh o rt-c irc u it cu rren t, declared by the a ssem bly m anufacturer, that
can be w ithstoo d fo r the to ta l o pe ra ting tim e (cle aring tim e) o f the SCPD under specified
cond itio ns
3.8.10.5
rated curren t o f a m ain circu it
Aic
rated cu rre n t w hich a m ain c irc u it can ca rry when it is the only m ain c irc u it w ithin a se ction o f
an a ssem bly th a t is ca rrying current
N o te 2 to e n try : D ue to th e c o m p le x fa c to rs d e te rm in in g th e ra te d c u rre n ts , no s ta n d a rd v a lu e s ca n be g iv e n .
3 .8.10.6
group rated c u rren t of a m ain c ircu it
^na
rated cu rre n t w hich a m ain c irc u it can ca rry co nside rin g the m utual th erm al influ en ces o f the
o the r circu its th a t are sim u lta n e o u sly loaded in the sam e section o f the assem bly
N o te 1 to e n try : / ng c a n e q u a l / nc in s o m e d e s ig n s o f a s s e m b ly .
3 .8.10.7
rated curren t o f an assem b ly
^nA
rated cu rre n t w hich can be d istrib u te d by an a ssem bly w ith o u t the te m p e ra tu re -rise o f any o f
the parts excee ding sp ecified lim its
3.8.10.8
design c urren t (of an e lec tric circu it)
7b
e le ctric cu rre n t intended to be carried by an e le ctric c irc u it in norm al operation
N o te 1 to e n try : JB is n o rm a lly p ro v id e d by th e u se r.
3.8.11
rated d iv e rs ity fac to r
RDF
value, ca lcu late d by d ivid in g the group rated cu rre n t o f an outg oin g m ain c irc u it / ng by the
rated cu rre n t / nc o f the sam e outgoing m ain circ u it, w here / ng and / nc are d erived by te st
3.8.12
rated freq u ency
fn
value o f freq ue n cy, declared by the a ssem bly m anufacturer, fo r w hich a c irc u it is designed
and to w hich the ope ra ting co n d itio n s refer
3.8.13
elec tro m ag n etic c o m p a tib ility
EMC
a b ility o f an e qu ip m en t o r system to fu n ctio n s a tis fa c to rily in its e le ctro m a g n e tic e n viro n m e nt
w ith o u t introducing intolera ble e le ctro m a g n e tic d istu rb a n ce s to anything in th a t e n viro n m e nt
3.9 V erificatio n
3.9.1
design v erific atio n
ve rifica tio n m ade on a sam ple o f an a ssem bly o r on parts o f a ssem blies to show th a t the
d esign m eets the req uirem en ts o f the releva n t a ssem bly standard
3.9.1.1
v e rific a tio n test
te st conducted on a sam ple o f an a ssem bly o r on parts o f a ssem blies to v e rify th a t the design
m eets the req uirem en ts o f the releva n t a ssem bly standard
3.9.1.2
v e rific a tio n com parison
structured com p arison o f a proposed design fo r an a ssem bly, or parts o f an a ssem bly, w ith a
refe ren ce d esign (s) ve rified by te st
3.9.1.3
v e rific atio n assessm en t
design ve rifica tio n using s tric t design rules a nd /or ca lcu la tio n s a pplied to an a ssem bly o r to
parts o f a ssem blies to show th a t the design m eets the req uirem en ts o f the releva n t a ssem bly
standard
3.9.1.4
reference design
d esign o f an a ssem bly or parts o f an a ssem bly th a t has been ve rified by test
3.9.2
ro utin e v erific atio n
ve rifica tio n o f each a ssem bly perform ed during a nd /or a fte r m an ufa ctu re to confirm w h e th e r it
com plies w ith the req uirem en ts o f the releva n t a ssem bly standard
3.9.3
inspection
action com p rising ca re ful scrutin y, including visual sc ru tin y w here c o n d itio n s are obvious, of
an item carried out e ithe r w ith o u t d ism an tling , o r w ith the add itio n o f p artial d ism an tling as
required, su pp le m en ted by m eans such as m easurem ent, in o rd e r to a rrive at a reliable
conclusion as to the co ndition o f an item
[S O U R C E : IEC 60050 -4 26 :2 00 8, 4 26 -1 4-02 , m odified - The d e fin itio n has been m od ified.]
3.10.1
o rig in al m an u factu rer
o rg an izatio n th a t has ca rried o u t the o rigin al design and the a ssociated v e rific a tio n o f an
a ssem bly in accorda nce w ith the re le va n t a ssem bly standard
3.10.2
assem b ly m a n ufa ctu rer
o rg an izatio n ta king the re sp o n sib ility fo r the co m p le te d a ssem bly
user
p arty w ho w ill sp ecify, purchase, use a nd /or ope ra te the assem bly, or som eone acting on th e ir
b eh alf
4 S y m b o ls a n d a b b r e v ia tio n s
A lp h a b e tica l list o f term s w ith sym bo ls and a b b re via tio n s to g e th e r w ith the su bclau se w here
th ey are firs t used:
T e rm
S y m b o l/ A b b r e v ia tio n T e rm
num ber
C TI c o m p a ra tiv e tra c k in g in d e x 3 .6 .1 6
/n ra te d fre q u e n c y 3 .8 .1 2
rnA ra te d c u rre n t o f an a s s e m b ly 3 .8 .1 0 .7
nc ra te d c u rre n t o f a m a in c irc u it 3 .8 .1 0 .5
ng g ro u p ra te d c u rre n t o f a m a in c irc u it 3 .8 .1 0 .6
ra te d p e a k w ith s ta n d c u rre n t 3 .8 .1 0 .2
L lin e c o n d u c to r 3 .1 .1 4
M m id -p o in t c o n d u c to r 3 .7 .1 8
N n e u tra l c o n d u c to r 3 .7 .5
PE p ro te c tiv e c o n d u c to r 3 .7 .4
PEL P E L c o n d u c to r 3 .7 .2 0
P EM P E M c o n d u c to r 3 .7 .1 9
PEN P E N c o n d u c to r 3 .7 .6
SPD s u rg e p ro te c tiv e d e v ic e 3 .6 .1 2
ra te d in s u la tio n v o lta g e 3 .8 .9 .3
Ul
ra te d im p u ls e w ith s ta n d v o lta g e 3 .8 .9 .4
" ta p
5 In te rfa c e c h a r a c te r is tic s
5.1 G eneral
The ch a ra cte ristics o f the a ssem bly shall ensure c o m p a tib ility w ith the ratin gs o f the c irc u its to
w hich th ey are connected plus the insta lla tio n c o n d itio n s and shall be declare d by the
a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r using the crite ria identified in 5.2 to 5.6.
The rated vo lta g e shall be at least equal to the nom inal vo ltag e o f the e le ctrica l system .
The rated o p e ra tio n a l vo ltag e o f any c irc u it shall not be less than the nom inal vo ltag e o f the
e le ctrica l system to w hich it is to be connected. If the nom inal vo ltag e is given fo r a three-
phase system , the rated o pe ra tion al vo ltag e o f s ing le-ph ase c irc u its sh all not be less than the
nom inal voltage d ivided by \3 .
If d iffe re n t from the rated vo ltag e o f the assem bly, the a pp ro priate rated o pe ra tion al vo ltag e o f
the c irc u it shall be stated.
The rated insu latio n vo ltag e o f a circ u it o f an a ssem bly is the vo ltag e value to w hich d ie le c tric
te st vo ltag es and creepage d ista n ce s are referred.
The rated insu latio n vo ltag e o f a c irc u it shall be equal to or h ig he r than the values stated for
f / n and fo r Ue fo r the sam e circuit.
For sin g le -p h a se circu its derived from IT syste m s (see IEC 6 03 64 -5 -5 2 :20 09 ), the rated
insu latio n vo ltag e shall be at least equal to the vo ltag e betw een the line co nd ucto rs o f the
supply.
5 .2.4 Rated im pulse w ith stan d v oltag e ( t /jmp) (of the assem bly)
The rated im pulse vo ltag e o f an a ssem bly is the voltage va lu e to w hich cle a ra n ce d istances
and solid insu latio n w ithstan d to tra n s ie n t o vervolta ge are referred.
The rated im pulse w ithstan d vo ltag e shall be equal to or higher than the values stated fo r the
tra n sie n t o vervolta ge s occurrin g in the e le c tric a l syste m (s) to w hich the c irc u it is designed to
be connected.
The preferred values o f rated im pulse w ithstan d vo ltag e are those given in Table G.1.
The rated cu rre n t o f an a ssem bly is the low est value of:
- the to ta l group rated cu rre n t / ng o f the incom ing c irc u it(s ), w hich is e ith e r the group rated
cu rren t o f the single incom ing c irc u it o r the sum o f the group rated cu rren ts o f the
incom ing circu its operated in parallel and s im u lta n e o u sly w ith in the assem bly;
- the to ta l cu rre n t th a t the m ain busb ar can d istrib u te in the p a rtic u la r a ssem bly
arrangem ent.
This cu rre n t shall be ca rried w ith o u t the te m p e ra tu re -rise o f the ind ivid ua l parts e xceeding the
lim its sp ecified in 9.2.
N O T E 2 T h e m a in b u s b a r in th is c o n te x t is a s in g le b u s b a r o r a c o m b in a tio n o f s in g le b u s b a rs th a t a re n o rm a lly
c o n n e c te d in s e rv ic e e .g . by m e a n s o f a b u s -c o u p le r.
The rated cu rren t o f a main outgoing c irc u it is the cu rre n t th a t can be carried by the outgoing
c irc u it w hen all o th e r outg oin g m ain c ircu its in the sam e section are not carrying c u rre n t (see
10.10). This cu rre n t shall be ca rried w ith o u t the te m p e ra tu re -rise o f the va riou s parts o f the
a ssem bly e xceeding the lim its sp ecified in 9.2.
D eclaration o f the rated cu rren t o f a c irc u it / nc is v o lu n ta ry if the group rated cu rre n t / ng o f the
circu it is declare d. If / nc is stated, the m axim um p erm issible co n tin u o u s load cu rre n t on an
ind ivid ua l c irc u it in a lig h tly loaded section can be assessed and the load on the individual
c irc u it possibly allow ed to exceed / ng, but it is never allow ed to exceed / nc
The group rated cu rre n t o f a m ain c irc u it is the cu rre n t th a t can be carried by th is c irc u it when
it is loaded co n tin u o u sly and sim u lta n e o u sly to g e th e r w ith at least one o the r c irc u it in the
sam e a ssem bly o r section o f the a ssem bly, in a sp ecific arran ge m en t as d efined by the
original m anufacturer. It shall be carried w ith o u t the te m p e ra tu re -rise o f the va riou s parts o f
the a ssem bly e xceeding the lim its sp ecified in 9.2.
If / ng is declare d, the o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r shall sta te the s p e c ific a rran ge m en ts w hich are
covered by the group rated cu rren t in term s of:
• typ e(s), ratings and m axim um num ber o f c irc u its /fu n c tio n a l units allow ed to be installed in
the sam e a ssem bly or se ction , and
• a rran g e m e n t(s) o f fu n ctio n a l units w ithin the se ction s a nd /or a ssem blies.
The g roup rated cu rren t o f the m ain circu its, w hich are co n tin u o u sly and sim u ltan e ou sly
loaded, shall be equal to or higher than the assum ed loading o f the outg oin g c ircu its (equal to
the design cu rre n t / B according to IEC 6 0364-1). T he group rated cu rre n t o f the m ain circu its,
w hich are co n tin u o u sly and sim u lta n e o u sly loaded, shall be equal to o r h ig he r than the
assum ed loading o f the outgoing c ircu its (equal to the d esign cu rre n t o f the circ u it, /□,
according to IEC 60364-1).
The assum ed loading o f outgoing c irc u its shall be addressed by the releva n t assem bly
standard.
An a lte rn a tive to d eclaring / ng fo r each typ e o f main c irc u it is to d eclare / nc fo r each type of
m ain circu it and the a p p ro p ria te RDF.
The rated peak w ithstan d cu rre n t shall be equal to or higher than the values stated fo r the
peak va lu e o f the p ro spe ctive sh o rt-c irc u it c u rre n t o f the supply syste m (s) to w hich the
circu it(s) is (are) designed to be connected (see also 9.3.3).
5.3.5 Rated sho rt-tim e w ith stan d curren t ( / cw) (o f a main c ircu it of an assem bly)
The rated sh o rt-tim e w ithstan d cu rre n t o f a m ain c irc u it o f an a ssem bly shall be equal to or
h ig he r than the p ro spe ctive va lu e o f the s h o rt-c irc u it c u rre n t / cp at each point o f co nn ectio n to
the supply (see also 3.8.10.3).
For AC , the value o f the cu rre n t is the RMS va lu e o f the AC com ponent. For DC, the value o f
the cu rre n t is the a rith m e tic m ean value.
The rated co nd itio na l sh o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t o f an a ssem bly o r a c irc u it o f an a ssem bly, declared
by the a ssem bly m anufacturer, is the m axim um sh o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t w hich th a t c irc u it when
protected by a SCPD, as sp ecified by the m anufacturer, can s a tis fa c to rily w ithstan d fo r the
o pe ra ting tim e o f the device under the te st co nd itio ns sp ecified in 10.11.
The rated co n d itio n a l sh o rt-circu it cu rre n t o f an a ssem bly or a c irc u it o f an a ssem bly shall be
equal to or higher than the p ro spe ctive value o f the sh o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t / cp fo r a d uration
lim ited by the o pe ra tion o f the s h o rt-c irc u it p ro tective device th a t p rotects the c irc u it or
assem bly. The a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r shall declare the breaking ca pa city, cu rre n t lim ita tion
ch a ra cte ristics, I 2t and 7)t, o f the sp ecified sh o rt-c irc u it p ro te ctive device, ta king into
co nside ratio n the data given by the device m anufacturer.
As an a lte rn a tive to declaring the g roup rated c u rre n ts / ng o f each m ain outgoing circuit, th e ir
cu rre n t ca rrying ca pa city under co n d itio n s o f sim u ltan e ou s ope ra tion can be stated in term s o f
the rated cu rre n ts 7nc and the rated d iv e rs ity factor.
The rated d ive rsity fa cto r is the per unit va lu e o f / nc, to w hich outgoing c ircu its can be
co n tin u o u sly and sim u lta n e o u sly loaded in the sam e section o f the a ssem bly in the sp ecific
a rran ge m en t(s) as d efined by the o rig in a l m an ufa ctu re r, ta king into a ccou nt the m utual
th erm al influ en ces. For fu rth e r d etails on the s p e c ific arran ge m en ts, see 5.3.3.
NOTE 1 M o re in fo rm a tio n o n R D F is g iv e n in A n n e x E.
The rated d ive rsity fa cto r m ultiplie d by the rated c u rre n t / nc o f the c irc u its shall be equal to or
h ig he r than the assum ed loading o f the outg oin g circu its, w here the assum ed load c u rre n t is
equal to the design cu rre n t / B fo r c o n tin u o u sly and s im u lta n e o u sly loaded circu its. If the
d esign cu rren t / B is not provided then the assum ed loading o f outgoing c ircu its shall be as
given in the releva n t a ssem bly standard o f IEC 61439 and is s u b je ct to a gree m e nt betw een
user and m anufacturer.
The rated fre q u e n cy o f a circu it is the value o f fre q u e n cy to w hich the o pe ra ting c o n d itio n s are
refe rre d. W here the circu its o f an a ssem bly are design ed fo r d iffe re n t va lu es o f freq ue n cy, the
rated freq ue n cy o f each circu it sh all be given.
The fre q u e n cy should be w ithin the lim its specified in the re le va n t IEC sta nd ard s fo r the
inco rp o ra ted co m p on en ts. U nless o the rw ise stated by the a ssem bly m anufacturer, the lim its
are assum ed to be 98 % and 102 % o f the rated frequency.
5.6 O th er c h a ra cteristic s
a) add itio na l req uirem en ts depending on the use of a fu n ctio n a l unit (e.g. type of
co ordin atio n, overload ch a ra cte ris tic s );
b) pollution degree o f the m acro -e n viro n m e n t (see 3.6.10.2);
c) types o f e arthing system fo r w hich the a s s e m b ly is designed;
d) ind oo r a nd /or o u td o o r in sta lla tio n (see 3.5.1 and 3.5.2);
e) s ta tio n a ry or m ovable (see 3.5.3 and 3.5.4);
f) degree o f p ro tectio n a g a in st co n ta ct w ith hazardous live parts, ingress of solid fo re ign
bodies and w ater, IP code (see 8.2.2);
g) intended fo r use by o rd in a ry o r authorized persons (see 3.7.16 and 3.7.17);
h) e le ctro m a g n e tic co m p a tib ility (EM C ) c la s s ific a tio n (see A nnex J);
i) sp ecial se rvice co nd itio ns, if a pp lica ble (see 7.2);
j) e xternal design (see 3.3);
k) degree o f p ro tectio n a ga in st m echanical im pact, IK code, if a pp lica ble (see 8.2.1);
I) type o f co nstructio n - fixed o r rem ovable parts (see 8.5.1 and 8.5.2);
m) type o f sh o rt-c irc u it p ro te ctive d evice(s) (see 9.3.2);
n) m easures fo r p ro tectio n a ga in st e le ctric shock;
o) overall d im en sion s (in clud ing p ro je ctio ns e.g. handles, covers, d oo rs), if required;
p) w eight, if required.
6 In fo rm a tio n
The assem bly m an ufa ctu re r shall provide each a ssem bly w ith one o r m ore labels, m arked in a
durable m anner and located in a place such th a t th ey are v isib le and legible w hen the
a ssem bly is installed and in ope ra tion . C om plia nce is checked a ccordin g to the te s t o f 10.2.7
and by inspection.
The fo llo w in g inform a tion regarding the a ssem bly shall be provided on the d esignation
label(s):
a) a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r's nam e or trade m ark (see 3.10.2);
b) type design atio n or id e n tifica tio n n um ber or any o th e r m eans o f id e n tifica tio n , m aking it
possible to obtain releva n t inform a tion from the a ssem bly m anufacturer;
c) m eans o f ide ntifyin g date o f m anufacture;
d) rated cu rre n t o f the a ssem bly / nA (see 3 .8.10.7 and 5.3.1);
e) rated vo ltag e o f the a ssem bly Un (see 3.8.9.1 and 5.2.1);
f) rated fre q u e n cy o f the a ssem bly / n (see 3.8.12 and 5.5);
g) IEC 61439-X (the sp e cific part “X" shall be ide ntifie d).
All interface ch a ra cte ristics according to C lause 5, w here a pplicable, shall be provided in the
a ssem bly m a n u fa ctu re r’s te chn ical docu m e ntatio n supplied w ith the assem bly.
6.2.2 In s tru c tio n s fo r h an d ling , in s ta lla tio n , o p era tio n and m ain ten an ce
The a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r shall provide in d ocu m e nts o r ca talo gu es the co n d itio n s, if any,
fo r the handling, installatio n, ope ra tion and m aintenance o f the a ssem bly and the equipm ent
contained th erein . W here app ro priate , in s tru ctio n s shall state th a t the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r
is to be co nsu lted when rep a ir o f an a ssem bly is required.
If necessary, the in stru ctio n s sh all ind icate the m easures th a t are o f p a rticu la r im portance for
the safe, p ro pe r and co rre ct tran sp o rt, handling, in s ta lla tio n and ope ra tion o f the assem bly.
The provision o f w eig ht d e ta ils is o f p a rtic u la r im portance in conn ectio n w ith the tra n s p o rt and
handling o f tra n sp o rt units. In add itio n, in s ta lla tio n in s tru ctio n s shall provide s u ffic ie n t d eta ils
fo r the in sta lle r to a de qu ately se cure the a ssem bly in service.
The co rre ct location and insta lla tio n o f lifting m eans and the thread size o f liftin g a ttachm ents,
if a p p lica b le , shall be given in the a ssem bly m a n u fa c tu re r’s d ocu m e ntatio n or the instru ction s
on how the tra n s p o rt u nit has to be handled.
The m easures to be taken, if any, w ith regard to EMC a ssociated w ith the installatio n,
o pe ra tion and m ainten an ce o f the a ssem bly shall be sp ecified (see A nnex J).
C AU TIO N
This p ro du ct has been designed fo r e n v iro n m e n t A. Use o f th is pro du ct in e n viro n m e n t B
can cause unw anted e le ctro m a g n e tic d istu rb a n ce s, in w hich case the user m ay be required
to ta ke adequate m itig atio n m easures.
W here necessary, the a bo ve-m entioned d ocu m e nts shall ind icate the recom m ended extent
and fre q u e n cy o f m aintenance.
If the circu itry w ith in the a ssem bly is not o bviou s, fo r exam ple, there are co nn ectio ns from
several incom ing p o w er-sup plies such as p h o to vo lta ic su pp lie s, g en erators, batteries,
inform a tion d eta ilin g the circu it a rran ge m en ts shall be supplied.
W hen fu ses are installed , the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r shall state the type and rating o f the
fu se -lin ks to be used.
Inside the a ssem bly, it shall be possible to ide ntify ind ivid ua l c irc u its and th e ir p rotective
d evices. Id e n tifica tio n tags shall be legible, p erm a ne nt and a pp ro priate fo r the physical
e nvironm ent. Any d esig n a tio n s used shall be in co m p lia nce w ith IEC 8 1 3 4 6 -1 :2009 and
IEC 8 1346-2:2019 and identical to those used in the w iring dia gra m s, w hich shall be in
accorda nce w ith IEC 6 1082-1:2014.
7 Service conditions
A sse m blies conform ing to th is d ocu m e nt are intended fo r use under the norm al service
co nd itio ns detailed in Table 15.
If com ponents, fo r exam ple relays, e le c tro n ic equ ip m en t, are used w hich are not designed for
these co n d itio n s, the e n viro n m e n t provided w ithin the a ssem bly shall be su ita b le fo r the
com ponents.
The p ollutio n degree referred to in A nnex C is the m a c ro-en viro nm e nta l co n d itio n fo r w hich
the a ssem bly is intended.
For sw itchin g devices and co m p on en ts inside an e nclosu re, the p ollution degree o f the
enviro n m e nta l co n d itio n s inside the enclosure, the m icro -e nviron m e nt, is a pplicable.
For the purpose o f e valuating clea ra n ces and creepage distan ces, the fo llo w in g fo u r degrees
o f p ollution in the m icro -e n viro n m e n t are estab lish ed .
• P ollution deg re e 1:
No p ollutio n o r only dry, n o n -co nd uctive p ollution occurs. The p ollution has no influence.
• P ollution deg re e 2:
O nly n o n -co nd uctive p ollution occurs e xcept th a t o c c a sio n a lly a te m p o ra ry co n d u ctivity
caused by co nd en satio n is to be expected.
• P ollution degree 3:
C onductive p ollution occurs, or dry, n o n -co nd uctive p ollution occurs w hich is expected to
becom e co nd uctive due to co nd en satio n.
• P ollution degree 4:
C on tinu ou s co n d u ctivity occurs due to co nd uctive dust, rain or o th e r w et co nd itio ns.
The m icro -e n viro n m e n t w ithin the a ssem bly can be d iffe re n t from the m acro-en viro nm e nt
o utsid e the enclosure. The p ollution deg re e fo r a p a rticu la r type o f a ssem bly is given in the
releva n t a ssem bly standard.
W here any special se rvice co nd itio ns exist, the a pp lica ble p a rticu la r req uirem en ts shall be
com plied w ith or special agreem ents shall be made betw een the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r and
the user. The user shall inform the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r if such e xcep tion al service
co nd itio ns exist.
a) values o f te m p era ture , re la tive hum idity a nd /or a ltitu d e d iffe rin g from those specified in
7.1;
b) a p p lica tio n s w here va ria tio n s in c lim a tic co nd itio ns are like ly to resu lt in exceptional
co nd en satio n inside the assem bly;
c) heavy p ollution o f the a ir by dust, sm oke, co rrosive or ra d io a ctive particle s, va po urs or salt;
d) expo sure to strong e le ctric or m ag ne tic fields;
e) expo sure to extrem e clim a tic co nd itio ns;
f) a tta ck by fu ng us o r sm all creatures;
g) insta lla tio n in locations w here fire or explosio n hazards exist;
7.3 C o nd itio n s during tra n s p o rt, sto rag e and in s ta lla tio n
A sp ecial a gree m e nt shall be m ade betw een the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r and the user if the
co nd itio ns during tran sp o rt, sto ra ge and in s ta lla tio n , fo r exam ple te m p era ture and h um id ity
co nd itio ns, d iffe r from those d efined in 7.1.
8 Constructional requirements
8.1.1 G eneral
U nder the re sp o n sib ility o f the o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r, all design a c tiv itie s shall be carried out
o r supe rvise d by a co m p e te n t person.
The external shape o f the a ssem bly enclosure, if any, can va ry to su it the a p p lica tio n and use.
Som e e xam ples are;
These e nclosu res m ay be co nstructed from va riou s m aterials, e.g. insu latin g, m e ta llic or a
com bination o f these.
A sse m blies shall be co nstructed o f m ate ria ls capable o f w ith sta n d in g the m echanical,
e le ctrica l, th erm al and e nviro n m e nta l stresse s th a t are like ly to be e ncountered in specified
se rvice co nd itio ns.
In the case o f special se rvice co n d itio n s that can be pre sen t in the physical e n viro n m e n t in
w hich the a ssem bly is to be installed (for exam ple, dust, acids, co rrosive gases, sa lts), the
assem blies sh all be a de qu ately protected a g a in st co nta m in an ts (see A nnex C). W hen the
a ssem bly is su bject to radiation (for exam ple, X -rays, m icrow ave, u ltra vio le t, lasers),
add itio na l m easures shall be taken to avoid m alfu nctio nin g o f the a ssem bly and accelerated
d e te rio ra tio n o f the insu latio n. W hen such m easures are necessary, an a gree m e nt is required
betw een the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r and the user.
W hen the a ssem bly is su b je ct to und esirab le e ffects o f vibratio n o r shock, e.g. caused by a
m achine and its a ssociated e quipm ent, the se le ction o f suitab le e quipm ent, or m ounting it
aw ay from the so urce o f the vib ra tio n , or the p ro visio n o f a n ti-v ib ra tio n m ountings shall be
considered.
P rotection a ga in st co rrosio n shall be ensured by the use o f su ita b le m ate ria ls or by p ro tective
coatings to the exposed su rfa ce, ta king a ccou nt o f the norm al se rvice co nd itio ns (see 7.1).
C om pliance w ith th is re q uirem en t is checked by the te s t in 10.2.2.
E n closures or parts o f e n clo su re s m ade of insu latin g m ate ria l(s), not a lready ce rtifie d to th eir
own pro du ct standard, e.g. louvers, m eshes, shall be capable o f o pe ra tion at te m p era ture s of
at least 70 °C. Therm al s ta b ility shall be v e rifie d according to 10.2.3.1.
8.1.3.2.1 G eneral
Parts o f insulating m aterials, w hich can be exposed to th erm al stresse s due to internal
e le ctrica l effe cts, and the d e te rio ra tio n o f w hich can im p air the sa fety o f the assem bly, shall
not be a d ve rse ly a ffected by norm al (op e ra tio n a l) heat, and abnorm al heat or fire.
The o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r shall se le ct insu latin g m ate ria ls w hich are su ita b le fo r the m axim um
te m p era ture s to w hich th ey are exposed in norm al o pe ra tion , in a ccorda nce w ith 9.2 and
Table 6. The a pplied te m p e ra tu re -ris e lim it (see 9.2) fo r parts o f insu latin g m ate ria ls sh all be
ju s tifie d based on, fo r exam ple, the m ethods o f IEC 60216 (all parts), o r th erm al class
ide ntifie d in a ccorda nce w ith IEC 60085:2007.
8 .1.3.2 .3 R esistance of in sulatin g m a terials to abn o rm al heat and fire due to internal
e le c tric effects
In sulating m ate ria ls used fo r parts n ecessary to retain c u rre n t ca rrying parts in position and
parts w hich can be exposed to th erm al stresse s due to internal e le c tric a l effects, o f w hich the
d e te rio ra tio n can im p air the sa fety o f the assem bly, shall not be a dve rse ly affected by
abnorm al heat and fire and shall be ve rified by the g lo w -w ire te st in 10.2.3.2. For the purpose
o f th is test, a p ro te ctive co n d u cto r (PE) is not co nside red as a c u rre n t-ca rryin g part.
E xternal su rfa ces m ade o f insu latin g m ate ria l(s) and coated m etal e n clo su re s w hich are
intended to be used o utd oo r exposed to u ltra -v io le t rad ia tio n shall not crack nor d ete rio ra te
such th a t it im pairs the safety o f the assem bly. R esistance to u ltra -v io le t rad ia tio n shall be
ve rified a ccordin g to 10.2.4.
All e nclosu res or p a rtitio n s, inclu ding locking m eans and hinges fo r doors, shall be o f a
m echanical stren gth su ffic ie n t to w ithstan d the stresse s to w hich th ey m ay be su bjected in
norm al se rvice, (see also 10.2.8) and during s h o rt-c irc u it c o n d itio n s (see also 10.11).
The m echanical o pe ra tion o f rem ovable parts, inclu ding any inse rtio n in te rlo ck, shall be
ve rified by te st according to 10.2.8.
W here liftin g , o th e r than by m anual m eans is recom m ended by the m an ufa ctu re r, e.g. by
crane or fo rk lift truck, tra n sp o rt u nits shall be provided w ith the a pp ro priate p ro visio n for
lifting . C om plia nce is ve rifie d a ccordin g to 10.2.5.
8.2.2 P rotectio n again st co n tact w ith live parts, ingress of solid foreign bodies and
w a te r (IP code)
The degree o f p ro tectio n provided by any a ssem bly a ga in st co nta ct w ith live parts, ingress o f
solid fo re ign bodies and w a te r is indicated by the IP code according to IEC 60529:1989,
IEC 6 0 5 2 9 :1 9 89 /A M D 1 :1 999 and IEC 605 29 :1 98 9/A M D 2 :20 1 3; and v e rifie d according to 10.3.
A fte r insta lla tio n in accorda nce w ith the a sse m b ly m an ufa ctu re r's instru ction s, the degree o f
p ro tectio n o f an enclosed a ssem bly shall be at least IP2X. The degree o f p rotection provided
from the fron t o f a d e a d -fro n t a ssem bly shall be at least IPXXB.
For a ssem blies fo r o utd oo r use having no s u pp le m en tary p rotection, the second c h a ra c te ris tic
num eral shall be at least 3.
U nless o the rw ise sp e cifie d , the degree o f p ro tectio n indicated by the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r
a pplies to the com p le te a ssem bly when installed in accorda nce w ith the a ssem bly
m an ufa ctu re r's in stru ctio n s, fo r exam ple sealing o f the open m ounting surface o f an assem bly,
etc.
W here the a ssem bly does not have the sam e IP rating th ro ug h ou t, the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r
shall declare the IP rating fo r the se pa ra te parts.
D iffe re nt IP ratin gs shall not im p air the intended use o f the assem bly.
EXAM PLES:
• o p e ra tin g fa c e IP 2 0 , o th e r p a rts IP 0 0 ;
• d ra in h o le s in th e b a s e IP X X D , o th e r p a rts IP 4 3 .
IP codes shall not be declared by the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r unless the a pp ro priate
v e rifica tio n s have been m ade according to 10.3.
Enclosed assem blies, fo r o utd oo r and ind oo r installatio n, intended fo r use in loca tion s with
high h um id ity and te m p e ra tu re s varying w ith in w ide lim its, shall be provided w ith suitab le
a rrangem ents (ve n tila tio n a n d /o r internal heating, drain holes, e tc.) to pre ven t harm ful
co nd en satio n w ith in the a ssem bly. H ow ever, the specified degree o f p rotection shall at the
sam e tim e be m aintained.
The degree o f p ro tectio n (IP ) indicated fo r a ssem blies norm ally a pp lie s to the connected
position (see 3 .2.3) o f the rem ovable parts.
If, a fte r the rem oval o f a rem ovable part, it is not possible to m aintain the o rig in a l degree o f
p ro tectio n (e.g. by closin g a door), the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r shall m ake a va ila b le covers or
sim ilar to restore the o rigin al degree o f p rotection. If these m easures are not availab le , the IP
te sts shall be ca rried out w ith o u t the rem ovable part in place.
W hen sh utters are used to provide adequate p rotection to live parts, th ey shall be secured to
pre ven t u n in te n tio n a l rem oval.
8.3.1 G eneral
The req uirem en ts fo r clea ra n ces and cree pa ge d ista n ce s are based on the p rin cip le s of
IEC 6 0664-1:2007 and are intended to provide insu latio n co ordin atio n w ithin the installatio n.
The cle a ra n ce s and creepage distan ces o f e quipm ent th a t form part o f the a ssem bly shall
com ply w ith the req uirem en ts o f the re le va n t pro du ct standard.
W hen in co rp o ra ting e qu ip m e n t into the a ssem bly, the specified clea ra n ces and creepage
d ista n ce s shall be m aintained during norm al se rvice co nd itio ns.
For dim en sion ing clea ra n ces and creepage distan ces betw een separate circu its, the h ighest
vo ltag e ratin gs sh all be used (rated im pulse w ithstan d vo ltag e fo r clea ra n ces and rated
insu latio n vo ltag e fo r cree pa ge d istan ces).
The clea ra n ces and cree pa ge d ista n ce s a pp ly to line to line, line to neutral, and, except
w here a co n d u cto r is connected d ire ctly to e arth, line to earth and neutral to earth.
For bare live co nd ucto rs and te rm ina tion s, the clea ra n ces and cree pa ge distan ces shall at
le a st be e q u iva le n t to those sp ecified fo r the e qu ip m en t w ith w hich th ey are d ire ctly
associated.
The effe ct o f a sh o rt-c irc u it up to and including the declared ratin g(s) o f the a ssem bly shall
not reduce p erm a ne ntly the clea ra n ces or cree pa ge distan ces betw een b usbars and/or
co nn ectio ns below the values sp ecified fo r the assem bly. D eform ation o f parts o f the
enclosure o r o f the internal p a rtition s, barrie rs and o bsta cle s due to a s h o rt-c irc u it shall not
reduce p erm a ne ntly the clea ra n ces or cree pa ge distan ces below those sp ecified in 8 .3.2 and
8.3.3 (see also 10.11.5.5).
8.3.2 C learances
The clea ra n ces shall be su fficie n t to enable the declare d rated im pulse w ithstan d voltage
((/imp) a circu it to be achieved. The clea ra n ces shall be at least as specified in T ab le 1; if
not, a design ve rifica tio n te st and a routine im pulse w ithstan d vo ltag e te st are ca rrie d out in
accorda nce w ith 10.9.3 and 11.3, resp ective ly.
The m ethod o f d ete rm inin g clea ra n ces by m easurem ent is given in A nnex F.
The original m an ufa ctu re r shall se le ct a rated insu latio n v o lta g e (s ) ( ( / j ) fo r the c ircu its o f the
a ssem bly from w hich the creepage d is ta n c e (s ) shall be dete rm ine d. For any given circ u it, the
rated insu latio n voltage shall not be less than the rated o pe ra tion al vo ltag e (Ue).
The creepage d ista n ce s shall not, in any case, be less than the a ssociated m inim um
clearances.
C reepage distan ces shall co rresp on d to a pollution degree as specified in 7.1.2 and to the
corresp on din g m aterial g roup at the rated insu latio n voltage given in T able 2.
For ino rg a nic insu latin g m aterials, e.g. g la ss o r ceram ics, w hich do not track, creepage
d ista n ce s need not be g re a te r than th e ir a ssociated clea ra n ces. H ow ever, the risk of
d isru p tive d isch arg e should be considered.
By using ribs o f a m inim um h eigh t o f 2 mm, the creepage d istan ce m ay be reduced but,
irre sp e ctive o f the n um ber o f ribs, shall be not less than 0,8 tim es the value o f T able 2 and
not less than the a ssociated m inim um clea ra n ce. The m inim um base o f the rib is d eterm ined
by m echanical req uirem en ts (see C lause F.2).
8.4.1 G eneral
The a pp aratus and circu its in the a ssem bly sh all be so a rranged as to fa c ilita te th e ir ope ra tion
and m ainten an ce w ith the required p rotection a ga in st e le ctric shock.
The fo llo w in g req uirem en ts are intended to ensure th a t the required p ro tective m easures are
obtained w hen an a ssem bly is installed in an e le ctrica l system co nfo rm ing to the IEC 60364
series.
Those p ro tective m easures, w hich are o f p a rtic u la r im p orta nce fo r an assem bly, are
reproduced in 8.4.2 to 8.4.6.
8.4.2.1 G eneral
B asic p ro tectio n can be achieved e ith e r by a pp ro priate co n stru ctio n a l m easures on the
a ssem bly its e lf or by a dd itio n a l m easures to be taken during in s ta lla tio n ; th is m ay require
inform a tion to be given by the a ssem bly m anufacturer.
An exam ple o f a d d itio n a l m easures to be taken is the insta lla tio n o f an o pe n-typ e assem bly
w ith o u t fu rth e r p ro visio ns in a loca tion w here access is only perm itted fo r authorized
person(s).
W here basic p ro tectio n is achieved by c o n s tru c tio n a l m easures, one or m ore o f the p ro tective
m easures given in 8 .4.2.2 and 8 .4.2.3 m ay be se le cte d. The choice o f the p ro te ctive m easure
shall be declared by the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r if not specified w ithin the releva n t a ssem bly
standard.
H azardous live p arts shall be co m p le te ly covered w ith insu latio n th a t can only be rem oved by
d estructio n o r by the use o f a tool.
The insu latio n shall be m ade o f suitab le m ate ria ls capable o f d urab ly w ith sta n d in g the
m echanical, e le ctrica l and th erm al stresse s to w hich the insu latio n m ay be su bjected in
service.
Paints, va rn ish e s and lacquers alone are g e n e ra lly not co nside red to sa tis fy the req uirem en ts
fo r basic insu latio n. This does not preclude the use o f s p e c ific a lly designed insulating
coatings that fu lfil the d ie le c tric req uirem en ts sp ecified in 10.9.6.
A ir-in su la te d live parts shall be inside e nclosu res o r behind barrie rs. The e n clo su re s or
barrie rs shall provide a degree o f p rotection o f at least IPXXB.
H orizon ta l top su rfa ce s o f a cce ssib le e nclosu res having a h eigh t equal to o r low er than 1,6 m
above the sta nd ing area shall p rovide a degree o f p rotection o f at least IPXXD.
B a rriers and e nclosu res shall be firm ly secured in place and have s u ffic ie n t s ta b ility and
d u ra b ility to m aintain the required d egrees o f p ro tectio n and a p p ro p ria te se p a ra tio n from live
parts under norm al se rvice co nd itio ns, ta king a ccou nt o f releva n t e xterna l influ en ces. The
d istance betw een a co n d u ctive b a rrie r or e nclosu re and the live parts th ey p ro te ct shall not be
less than the values sp ecified fo r the clea ra n ces and creepage d ista n ce s in 8.3.
W here it is n ecessary to rem ove b arrie rs o r open e nclosu res o r to rem ove parts o f e nclosu res
(see 8.4.6), th is shall be possible only if one o f the c o n d itio n s a) to c) is fu lfille d .
a) By the use o f a key o r tool, i.e. any m echanical aid, to open the door, co v e r or o verrid e an
interlock.
b) A fte r isolation o f the supply to live parts, a ga in st w hich the barriers o r e nclosu res afford
basic p rotection, resto ra tio n o f the su pp ly being p ossible only a fte r re p la ce m e nt or
reclosu re o f the barrie rs or e n closu res. In TN -C and TN -C -S system s, the PEL, PEM or
PEN co n d u cto r shall not be isolated or sw itched. In TN -S and TN -C -S system s, the m id
point and neutral co nd ucto rs need not be isolated o r sw itched (see IEC 60364 -5 -5 3 :20 01 ,
536.1.2).
c) W here an interm e dia te b a rrie r pro vid ing a degree o f p ro tectio n o f a t least IPXXB prevents
co nta ct w ith live parts, such a barrier being rem ovable only by the use o f a key or tool.
The a ssem bly shall include p ro te ctive m easures and be su ita b le fo r in s ta lla tio n s design ed to
be in accorda nce w ith IEC 6 0 3 64 -4 -4 1 :20 05 and IEC 6 0 3 6 4 -4 -4 1 :2005/A M D 1:2017.
W hen a TT e arthing system is being used in the e le ctrica l netw ork, one o f the fo llo w in g
p ro te ctive m easures shall be applied in the assem bly:
a) double o r reinforced insu latio n o f all co nd ucto rs (incom ing cables, e xtension term inals,
e tc.) upto the supply side o f the firs t R C D(s) in the system (this is not a re q u ire m e n t when
a C lass II a ssem bly is used); or
b) residual cu rre n t device (R C D ) p rotecting the incom ing circu it.
Such p ro visio ns are su b je ct to a gree m e nt betw een the user and the m anufacturer.
8.4.3.2.1 G eneral
Each a ssem bly shall have a p ro tective co nd ucto r to fa c ilita te a u to m a tic d isco nn ectio n o f the
supply for:
a) p rotection a ga in st the conse qu en ces o f earth fa u lts w ith in the class I assem bly;
b) p rotection a ga in st the conse qu en ces o f earth fa ults in e xterna l c ircu its su pplied through
the class I and class II a ssem bly. In the case o f a class II a ssem bly, the p rotective
co n d u cto r m ay o r m ay not be inco rp o ra ted w ith in the assem bly: it is p erm issible fo r it to
pass the a ssem bly externa lly.
The req uirem en ts to be com plied w ith are given in 8 .4 .3 .2 .2 and 8 .4.3.2 .3 .
R equirem ents fo r ide n tifica tio n o f the p ro te ctive co n d u cto r (PE, PEN, PEM, PEL) are given in
8 .6 .6 .
8 .4.3.2 .2 R eq u irem ents fo r earth c o n tin u ity p ro vidin g p ro te c tio n again st the
con seq u ences o f fa u lts w ith in the class I assem bly
All e xp o se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts o f the a ssem bly shall be intercon ne cte d to g e th e r and to the
p ro te ctive co n d u cto r o f the supply or via an e arthin g co n d u cto r to the earthing arrangem ent.
These inte rco n n e ctio n s m ay be achieved e ith e r by m etal screw ed co nn ectio ns, w eld in g or
o th e r co nd uctive co n n e ctio n s, o r by a se pa ra te co n d u cto r pro vid ing earth co ntin uity.
W ith m etal parts o f the a ssem bly w here a b ra s io n -re s is ta n t fin ish e s are used (e.g. gland plates
w ith p ow der co atin gs), inte rco n n e ctio n s pro vid ing earth c o n tin u ity requires the rem oval or the
pen etra tion o f the coating.
The m ethod to ve rify the earth c o n tin u ity betw een the e x p o s e d -co n d u ctive -p a rts o f the
a ssem bly and the p ro te ctive co nd ucto r is given in 10.5.2.
For the co n tin u ity o f th ese co nn ectio ns, the fo llo w in g shall apply:
a) W hen a part o f the a ssem bly is rem oved, fo r exam ple fo r rou tine m aintenance, the earth
co n tin u ity fo r the rem ain de r o f the assem bly shall not be interrupted.
M eans used fo r assem bling the va riou s m etal parts o f an a ssem bly are considered
su fficie n t fo r ensu rin g earth co n tin u ity if the p re cau tion s taken g ua ra ntee p erm a ne nt good
co n d uctivity.
F lexible or p liable m etal co nd uits shall not be used as p ro tective co nd ucto rs unless they
are designed fo r that purpose.
b) For lids, doors, cover plates and the like, the usual m etal screw ed c o nn ectio ns and metal
hinges are co nside red su ffic ie n t to ensure c o n tin u ity provided th a t no e le c tric a l e quipm ent
is attached to them e xcept e qu ip m en t w hich is part o f a PELV o r S E LV system .
If devices w ith a vo ltag e e xceeding the lim its o f PELV o r SE LV system s, as a p p ro p ria te , are
attached to lids, d oors, o r co ver plates, a d d itio n a l m easures shall be taken to ensure earth
co ntin uity. These parts (lids, doors or covers) shall be fitte d w ith a p ro tective co nd ucto r (PE)
w hose cro ss-se ctio n a l area is in a ccorda nce w ith T able 3 d epending on the h ighest rated
ope ra tion al cu rre n t l e o f the devices atta che d. A lte rn a tiv e ly , if the rated o pe ra tion al cu rre n t o f
the attached devices is less than or equal to 16 A an e q u iva le n t e le ctrica l conn ectio n
sp e cifica lly designed and ve rified fo r th is purpose shall be provided (e.g. sliding contact,
hinges pro tected a ga in st corrosion).
C ertain e xp o se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts o f an a ssem bly th a t do not co n stitu te a dan ge r need not be
connected to the earthing a rran ge m en t, e ither;
This a pp lie s to screw s, rivets and nam eplates. It also a pp lie s to e le ctrom ag ne ts o f co nta cto rs
o r relays, m ag ne tic cores o f tran sfo rm e rs, ce rta in parts o f releases, o r sim ilar, irre sp e ctive o f
th e ir size.
W hen rem ovable parts are equipped w ith a m etal supporting surface, these su rfa ces shall be
considered su fficie n t fo r ensuring earth c o n tin u ity provided th a t the p ressure e xerted on them
is su ffic ie n tly high.
A p ro te ctive co nd ucto r w ithin the a ssem bly shall be design ed so th a t it can w ithstan d the
h ighest therm al and dyna m ic stresse s arising from earth fa u lt cu rren ts in e xternal circu its
supplied through the a ssem bly in its installed location. C on du ctive s tru ctu ra l parts m ay be
used as a p ro tective co nd ucto r or a part o f it. A d d itio n a l req uirem en ts fo r p rotective
co nd ucto rs fo r class II a ssem blies are given in 8.4.4 c).
E xcept w here ve rifica tio n o f the sh o rt-c irc u it w ithstan d strength is not required in accordance
w ith 10.11.2, ve rifica tio n shall be m ade in accorda nce w ith 10.5.3.
In principle, w ith the e xception o f the cases m entioned below , p ro te ctive co n d u cto rs w ith in an
a ssem bly shall not include a d isco nn ectin g device (sw itch, d isco n n e cto r, etc.).
- In the run o f p ro tective co nd ucto rs, links shall be perm itted w hich are rem ovable by m eans
o f a tool and a ccessible only to authorized p erson (s) (these links m ay be required fo r
certain tests).
- W here co n tin u ity can be interrupted by m eans o f co nn ecto rs or p lu g -a n d -so cke t devices,
the p ro tective c irc u it shall be interru pted only a fte r the live co nd ucto rs have been
interrupted and co n tin u ity shall be e stab lish ed before the live co nd ucto rs are reconnected.
In the case o f an a ssem bly co nta ining structural parts, fram e w o rks, e n closu res, etc. m ade o f
conducting m aterials, a p ro te ctive co nd ucto r, if provided, need not be insulated from these
parts. C on du cto rs to vo lta g e -o p e ra te d fa u lt d ete ction d evices, including the co nd ucto rs
connecting them to a se pa ra te earth e le ctrod e, shall be insulated w hen specified by th e ir
m anufacturer. T his can also a pp ly to the earth co nn ectio n o f the tra n s fo rm e r neutral.
ca lcu late d w ith the aid o f the fo rm u la indicated in A nnex B using the h ig he st earth fa u lt
cu rre n t and fa u lt d uration th a t m ay o ccur and taking into a ccou nt the lim ita tio n o f the SCPDs
th a t p ro te ct the co rresp on din g live co nd ucto rs. The s h o rt-c irc u it w ithstan d strength is verified
according to 10.5.3.
For PEL, PEM and PEN conductors, the fo llo w in g a dd itio n a l req uirem en ts apply.
For d eta ils o f req uirem en ts fo r te rm in a ls fo r e xterna l p ro tective co nd ucto rs, see 8.8.
E le ctrica l se pa ra tion o f ind ivid ua l c irc u its is intended to pre ven t e le c tric a l shock through
co nta ct w ith e xpo se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts, w hich can becom e live w hen basic insu latio n o f the
circu it fa ils.
N O T E 1 T h e e n c lo s u re c a n be th e p ro te c te d s p a c e o r th e p ro te c te d s p a c e ca n be b e h in d a b a rrie r b e h in d th e
d o o r o f an e n c lo s u re .
N O T E 2 T h e re q u ire m e n t o f a c la s s II a s s e m b ly ca n be fu lfille d by m e a n s o f a m e ta l e n c lo s u re s e p a ra te d
fro m h a z a rd o u s liv e p a rts a n d p ro te c tiv e P E L , P E M a n d P E N c o n d u c to rs by d o u b le o r re in fo rc e d in s u la tio n .
b) The enclosure shall at no p oint be pierced by cond uctin g parts in such a m anner th a t
there is the p o ssib ility o f a fa u lt vo ltag e being bro ug ht out o f the enclosure.
This m eans th a t m etal parts, such as a ctua to r sh afts that, fo r co n stru ctio n a l reasons, have
to be bro ug ht th ro ug h the enclosure, shall be insulated on the inside or the o utsid e o f the
e nclosu re from the live parts fo r the m axim um rated insu latio n voltage and the m axim um
rated im pulse w ithstan d vo ltag e o f all c irc u its in the assem bly.
If an a ctua to r, or sim ilar, is m ade o f m etal (w h ethe r covered by insu latin g m aterial or not),
it shall be provided w ith insu latio n rated fo r the m axim um rated insu latio n vo ltag e and the
m axim um im pulse w ithstan d vo ltag e o f all c irc u its in the assem bly.
c) If an a ctua to r, or sim ilar, is p rin c ip a lly m ade o f insu latin g m aterial, any o f its m etal parts
w hich m ay becom e a cce ssib le in the e ven t o f insu latio n fa ilu re shall a lso be insulated
from live parts fo r the m axim um rated insu latio n vo ltag e and the m axim um rated im pulse
w ithstan d voltage o f all circu its in the assem bly. The e nclosu re or protected space, when
the class II a sse m b ly is ready fo r ope ra tion and connected to the supply, shall enclose all
live parts, e xp o se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts and parts belonging to a p ro te ctive c irc u it in such a
m anner that they ca nn ot be touched. The enclosure shall g ive at least the degree o f
p rotection IP2XC (see IEC 60529:1989, IEC 6 0 5 2 9 :1 9 89 /A M D 1:1999 and
IEC 6 0 5 2 9 :1 9 89 /A M D 2:2013).
If an e xternal p ro te ctive PEL, PEM or PEN co n d u cto r is passed through the class II
a ssem bly, the a ssem bly should be provided w ith a su ita b ly ide ntifie d te rm ina l.
d) Inside the e nclosu re or protected space o f a class II a ssem bly, the p ro te ctive conductor,
(PE, PEL, PEM or PEN co nd ucto r) and its te rm in a l shall be insulated from the live parts
and the e xp o se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts. E xp ose d -co n d u ctive -p a rts w ith in the a ssem bly shall
not be connected to the p ro te ctive co nd ucto r. T h is a pplies a lso to b u ilt-in a pparatus, even
if th ey have a conn ectin g te rm ina l fo r a p ro tective conductor.
e) If doors o r covers o f the e nclosu re can be opened w ith o u t the use o f a key o r to ol, a
b a rrie r o f insu latin g m aterial shall be provided th a t w ill afford p ro tectio n o f at least IPXXB
a ga in st u n in te n tio n a l co nta ct not o n ly w ith the a ccessible live parts, but a lso w ith the
e xp o se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts th a t are only a ccessible a fte r the d o o r o r co ver has been
opened; this barrier, how ever, sh all not be rem ovable e xcept w ith the use o f a tool.
If the a ssem bly co nta ins item s o f e qu ip m e n t th a t m ay retain charges a fte r th ey have been
sw itched o ff (cap acito rs banks w ith o u t in te rn a l basic p rotection, e tc.), a w arning label is
required.
Sm all ca pa citors such as those used fo r arc e xtinctio n, fo r d elaying the response o f relays,
etc., shall not be co nside red dangerous.
U nintentional co nta ct is not co nside red d an ge ro us if the vo ltag es resu ltin g from s ta tic charges
fall below a DC vo ltag e o f 60 V in less than 5 s a fte r d isco nn ectio n from the pow er supply.
Touch cu rren ts are lim ited by ensuring e x p o s e d -co n d u ctive -p a rts are e ffe c tiv e ly connected to
the p ro te ctive co nd ucto r. See 10.5.2.
P rotection a ga in st any co nta ct w ith live parts shall be m aintained w hen o pe ra ting devices or
when rep la cing com ponents.
The m inim um degree o f p ro tectio n shall be IPXXC. D uring the rep la ce m e n t o f certa in lam ps or
fu se lin ks, ope ning s larg e r than those defined by the degree o f p rotection IPXXC are allow ed.
8.4.6.2.1 G eneral
D epending on the a pp lica tion and a c c e s s ib ility n ecessary in se rvice, by a uth orized person(s),
one o r m ore o f the fo llo w in g req uirem en ts in 8 .4 .6 .2 .2 to 8 .4 .6 .2 .4 shall be fu lfille d . These
req uirem en ts shall be co m p le m en tary to the basic p rotection sp ecified in 8.4.2.
If doors or covers o f the a ssem bly can be opened by a uth orized persons by o verrid in g an
interlo ck to obtain a ccess to live parts, then the interlo ck shall a u to m a tica lly be restored on
reclosing the door(s) or replacing the cover(s).
O b sta cle s m ay be rem oved w itho ut using a key or tool but shall be so secured as to prevent
u n in te n tio n a l rem oval. The d istance betw een a co nd uctive o bstacle and the live parts they
p ro tect shall not be less than the values sp ecified fo r the cle a ra n ce s and cree pa ge d istances
in 8.3.
W here a co n d u ctive o bsta cle is separated from hazardous live parts by basic p ro tectio n only,
it is an e xp o se d -co n d u ctive -p a rt, and m easures fo r fa u lt p ro tectio n sh all a lso be applied.
The a ssem bly shall be co nstructed in such a w ay th a t certa in o pe ra tio n s can be perform ed
w hen the a ssem bly is in se rvice and energized.
- su fficie n t space betw een the actual fu n ctio n a l unit o r group and a dja ce n t fu n c tio n a l units
o r groups. It is recom m ended th a t parts likely to be rem oved fo r m aintenance have, as fa r
as possible, reta ina ble fa ste ning m eans;
- use o f b arrie rs or o bsta cle s designed and a rranged to p ro tect a ga in st d irect c o n ta ct with
e qu ip m e n t in a d ja ce n t fu n ctio n a l units or groups;
- use o f te rm ina l shields;
- use o f co m p artm en ts fo r each fu n c tio n a l unit o r group;
- inse rtio n o f add itio na l p ro tective m eans provided or specified by the a ssem bly
m anufacturer.
W hen it is required to enable fu tu re e xten sion o f an a ssem bly w ith add itio na l fu n c tio n a l units
or groups, w ith the rest o f the a ssem bly s till e ne rg ize d , the requirem ents sp ecified in 8.4.6.2.3
shall apply, su b je ct to a gree m e nt betw een the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r and the user. These
req uirem en ts a lso apply fo r the inse rtio n and conn ectio n o f a dd itio n a l outg oin g cables when
the e xistin g ca bles are energized.
The e xten sion o f b usbars and co nn ectio n o f a dd itio n a l units to th e ir incom ing supply shall not
be m ade w hen energized, unless the a ssem bly is designed fo r th is purpose.
For fixed parts (see 3.2.1), the co nn ectio ns o f the m ain c irc u its (see 3 .1.3) shall only be
connected o r d isco nn ected w hen the a ssem bly is not e ne rg ized . R em oval and in s ta lla tio n o f
fixed parts requires the use o f a tool.
The d isco n n e ctio n o f a fixed part shall require the isolation o f the co m p le te a ssem bly o r part
o f it.
In o rd er to pre ven t u nauthorized o pe ra tion , the sw itchin g device m ay be provided w ith m eans
to secure it in one or m ore of its p ositions.
C learances and cree pa ge distan ces (see 8.3) shall be com plied w ith during tra n s fe r from one
position to another.
A rem ovable part sh all be fitted w ith a device th a t e nsures th a t it can only be rem oved and
inserted a fte r its m ain circu it has been sw itched o ff from the load.
If u nauthorized ope ra tion , can occur, then the rem ovable parts shall be provided w ith a
locking m eans to secure them in one o r m ore o f th e ir p ositions.
S w itching devices and com ponents inco rp o ra ted in a ssem blies shall co m p ly w ith the relevant
IEC standards.
The sw itchin g devices and co m ponents shall be su ita b le fo r the p a rticu la r a p p lica tio n with
resp ect to the e xternal design o f the a ssem bly (e.g. open typ e or enclosed), th e ir rated
vo ltag es, rated currents, rated freq ue n cy, se rvice life, m aking and breaking ca p a citie s, short-
circu it w ithstan d stren gth, etc.
The rated insulation vo ltag e, and rated im pulse w ithstan d v o lta g e o f the devices installed in
the c irc u it shall be equal or h ig he r than the co rresp on din g value a ssigned to th a t circu it. In
som e cases, o ve rvo lta g e p rotection m ay be nece ssary (e.g. fo r e qu ip m e n t fu lfillin g
o ve rvo lta g e ca te g o ry II (see 3 .6.11 )). The sw itchin g devices and co m ponents having a short-
c irc u it w ithstan d strength a n d /o r a breaking c a p a city w hich is in s u ffic ie n t to w ithstan d the
stresse s like ly to o ccur a t the place o f in s ta lla tio n , shall be protected by m eans o f p ro tective
devices w ith su ita b le c u rre n t-lim itin g ch a ra c te ris tic s , fo r exam ple fu ses o r c u rre n t-lim itin g
c ircu it-b re a ke rs. W hen se le cting c u rre n t-lim itin g p ro te ctive devices fo r b uilt-in sw itching
d evices, the m axim um p erm issible values sp ecified by the device m a n u fa ctu re r shall be taken
into a ccount w ith due regard to co ordin atio n (see 9.3.4).
C o o rd ina tion o f sw itchin g devices and co m ponents shall com ply w ith the releva n t IEC
standards. C o o rd ina tion o f m otor sta rters w ith s h o rt-c irc u it p ro tective d e vice s shall com ply
w ith IEC 6 0 9 4 7 -4 -1 :2 01 8. See also 9.3.4.
NO TE G u id a n c e is g iv e n in IE C T R 6 1 9 1 2 - 1 :2 0 0 7 an d IE C T R 6 1 9 1 2 -2 :2 0 0 9 .
S w itching devices and co m ponents shall be installed and w ired in the a ssem bly in accordance
w ith instru ction s provided by th e ir m an ufa ctu re rs and in such a m anner th a t th e ir proper
fu n ctio n in g is not im paired by interactio n, such as heat, sw itchin g em issions, vibratio n s,
e le ctro m a g n e tic fie ld s, w hich are pre sen t in norm al o pe ra tion . In the case o f e le ctro n ic
e quipm ent, th is m ay n ece ssitate the se pa ra tion or scree nin g o f all e le c tro n ic signal
processin g circu its.
W hen fuses are installed, the o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r shall state the type and rating o f the fuse-
links to be used.
8.5.5 A ccessibility
A d justin g and rese tting d evices, th a t have to be operated inside the assem bly, shall be easily
a ccessible.
F unctional u nits m ounted on the sam e su pp ort (m ounting plate, m ounting fram e) and th e ir
te rm ina ls fo r e xternal co nd ucto rs shall be so a rranged as to be a ccessible fo r m ounting,
w iring, m aintenance and replacem ent.
A ssum ing the base o f the a ssem bly and the norm al sta nd ing area fo r o pe ra tion al personnel
are at the sam e level, the fo llo w in g a c c e s s ib ility requirem ents a ssociated w ith flo o r-sta n d in g
a ssem blies shall apply.
- The te rm in a ls, e xcluding te rm ina ls fo r p ro tective co nd ucto rs, shall be situated a t least
0,2 m above the base o f the a ssem bly and, m oreover, be so placed th a t the cables can be
e a sily connected to them w ith th e ir resp ective bending radii respected.
- In dicating instru m e nts th a t need to be read by the o p e ra to r shall be located w ith in a zone
betw een 0,2 m and 2,2 m above the base o f the assem bly.
- O p erating devices such as handles, push b uttons, o r s im ila r shall be located at such a
h eigh t th a t th ey can e a sily be operated; th is m eans th a t th e ir ce n tre lin e shall be located
w ithin a zone betw een 0,2 m and 2 m above the base o f the a ssem bly. D evices w hich are
infre q u e n tly operated (e.g. less than once per m onth) m ay be installed a t a h e ig h t up to
2,2 m.
- A ctu a to rs fo r e m ergency sw itchin g devices (see 536.4.2 o f IEC 6 03 64 -5 -5 3 :20 01 ) shall be
a ccessible w ith in a zone betw een 0,8 m and 1,6 m above the base o f the assem bly.
8.5.6 Barriers
B a rriers fo r m anual sw itchin g devices shall be so designed that the sw itchin g em ission s do
not pre sen t a dan ge r to the operator.
To m inim ize dan ge r w hen rep la cing fu s e -lin k s , inte rp h a se barrie rs shall be a pplied, unless the
d esign and loca tion o f the fuses m akes this u nnecessary.
The o p e ra tio n a l p osition s o f com ponents and d e vice s shall be c le a rly ide ntifie d. O p eratio n al
p osition s are the “on” and the “o ff” position (see 8 .1.6 o f IEC 6 0 9 4 7 -1 :2020). A tripped
position is not considered as an o p e ra tio n a l position and need not to be ind icate d. If the
d irectio n o f o pe ra tion is not in a ccorda nce w ith IEC 60447:2004, then the directio n of
ope ra tion shall be clea rly identified.
For pow er fa c to r co rrectio n banks inco rp o ra ted in assem blies, the req uirem en ts of
IEC 61921:2017 shall be met.
The busbars (bare or insulated, see 3 .1.5) shall be a rranged in such a m anner th a t an internal
sh o rt-c irc u it is not to be e xpected. They sh all be rated at least in a ccorda nce w ith the
req uirem en ts co nce rn ing the sh o rt-c irc u it w ithstan d strength (see 9.3) and designed to
w ithstan d at least the sh o rt-c irc u it stresse s lim ited by the p ro te ctive device(s) on the supply
side o f the busbars.
W ithin one section, the co nd ucto rs (in clud ing d istrib u tio n busbars) betw een the main busbars
and the supply side o f fu n ctio n a l u nits - o r in the case o f a single section assem bly, betw een
the load te rm in a ls o f the incom ing device and the supply te rm in a ls o f each outg oin g SC PD -
as w ell as the co m p on en ts included in these units, m ay be rated on the basis o f the reduced
sh o rt-c irc u it stresse s occurrin g on the load side o f the resp ective s h o rt-c irc u it p ro tective
device w ithin each unit. This is provided th a t these co nd ucto rs are a rranged so th a t under
norm al ope ra tion , an internal sh o rt-c irc u it betw een live parts a nd /or betw een live parts and
earth is not to be expected (see 8.6.4).
The m inim um cro ss-se ctio n a l area o f the neutral co n d u cto r w ithin a th re e -p h a se and neutral
c irc u it shall be:
- fo r circu its w ith a line co n d u cto r c ro ss-se ctio n a l area up to and including 16 m m 2, 100 %
o f th a t o f the co rresp on din g lines;
- fo r circu its w ith a line co n d u cto r c ro s s -s e c tio n a l area above 16 m m 2, 50 % o f th a t o f the
co rresp on din g lines w ith a m inim um o f 16 m m 2.
For certain a pp lica tio n s, w hich lead to high values o f zero sequence harm onics (e.g. third
o rd er harm o nics), h ig he r cro ss-se ctio n s o f the neutral c o n d u c to r m ay be required as these
harm onics o f the lines are added in the neutral co nd ucto r and lead to high cu rre n t load at
h ig he r freq ue n cie s. This is su b je ct to special a gree m e nt betw een the a ssem bly m anufacturer
and the user.
The PEL, PEM and PEN co nd ucto rs sh all be d im ensioned as sp ecified in 8 .4.3.2 .3 .
The design o f the a u xilia ry circu its shall ta ke into a ccou nt the a u x ilia ry c irc u it(s ) e arthing and
ensure th a t an earth fa u lt shall not cause u ninten tion al d angerous ope ra tion .
In general, a u xilia ry circu its shall be protected a ga in st the e ffects o f s h o rt-c irc u its . H ow ever, a
sh o rt-circu it p ro te ctive device shall not be provided if its ope ra tion is liab le to cause a danger.
In such a case, the co nd ucto rs o f a u x ilia ry c irc u its shall be arranged in such a m anner th a t a
sh o rt-circu it is not to be e xpe cted (see 8.6.4).
The co nn ectio ns o f cu rre n t-ca rryin g parts sh all not su ffe r undue a lte ra tio n as a resu lt of
norm al te m p e ra tu re -rise , ageing o f the insu latin g m ate ria ls and v ib ra tio n s occurrin g in norm al
o pe ra tion . The e ffe cts o f th erm al e xpa nsion , e le c tro ly tic action in the case o f d is s im ila r m etals,
and the ageing due to the te m p era ture s a tta in ed shall be taken into co nside ratio n.
C on ne ction s betw een cu rre n t-ca rryin g parts shall be e stab lish ed by m eans th a t ensure a
su fficie n t and d urable co n ta ct pressure.
If the ve rifica tio n o f te m p e ra tu re -rise is ca rried out on the basis o f te sts (see 10.10.2), the
selection o f co nd ucto rs and th e ir c ro s s-se ctio n s used inside the a ssem bly sh all be the
re sp o n sib ility o f the o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r. If v e rific a tio n o f te m p e ra tu re -ris e is m ade follow ing
the a ssessm en t rules o f 10.10.4, the co nd ucto rs shall have a m inim um cross-sectio n
according to IEC 6 0 3 64 -5 -5 2 :20 09 . E xam ples on how to use th is docu m e nt fo r cond itio ns
inside an a ssem bly are given in T ables H.1 and H.2. In addition to the cu rre n t-ca rryin g
ca pa city o f the co nd ucto rs, the se le ction is governed by:
In the case o f insulated solid or fle xib le co nd ucto rs, the fo llo w in g criteria apply:
- They shall be rated fo r at least the rated insu latio n vo ltag e (see 5 .2.3) o f the circu it
concerned.
- C on du cto rs conn ectin g tw o te rm ina tion points shall have no interm e dia te jo in t, e.g. spliced
or soldered.
- C on du cto rs w ith only basic insu latio n shall be prevented from com ing into c o n ta ct w ith
bare live parts at d iffe re n t p otentials.
- C on ta ct o f co nd ucto rs w ith sharp edges shall be prevented.
- S upply co nd ucto rs to a pp aratus and m easuring instru m e nts in covers or doors shall be so
installed th a t no m echanical dam age can o ccur to the co nd ucto rs as a re s u lt o f m ovem ent
o f th ese covers or doors.
- S oldered co nn ectio ns to a pp aratus shall be perm itted in a ssem blies only in cases w here
p ro visio n is m ade fo r th is type o f co nn ectio n on the a pp aratus and the sp ecified type of
co n d u cto r is used.
- For a pp aratus o the r than those m entioned above, so ld ering cable lugs or soldered ends of
stranded co nd ucto rs are not accep tab le under c o n d itio n s o f heavy vibratio n . In locations
w here, heavy vib ra tio n s e xist during norm al ope ra tion , fo r exam ple in the case o f dredger
and crane o pe ra tion , ope ra tion on board ships, lifting e qu ip m en t and locom otives,
a tte ntio n should be given to the su pp ort o f co nd ucto rs.
- G e nerally, only one co nd ucto r should be co nn ecte d to a te rm ina l clam ping unit; the
co nn ectio n o f two or m ore co nd ucto rs to one term inal clam ping u nit is p erm issible only in
those cases w here the te rm ina l clam ping u nits are design ed fo r th is purpose.
- C on du cto rs o f d iffe re n t circu its m ay be laid side by side, m ay o ccupy the sam e d uct (for
exam ple co nd uit, tru n kin g system ), or m ay be in the sam e m u ltico n d u cto r cable if the
a rra n g e m e n t does not im p air the proper fu n ctio n in g o f the resp ective circ u its . W here those
circu its ope ra te at d iffe re n t vo ltages, the co nd ucto rs shall be separated by suitab le
barrie rs. A lte rn a tive ly, all co nd ucto rs w ithin the sam e d uct or any co nd ucto rs in m ulticore
cables shall be insulated fo r the h ig he st vo ltag e to w hich any co n d u cto r w ith in the sam e
d uct can be su bjected , fo r exam ple line to line vo ltag e fo r unearthed systems and line to
earth voltage for earthed systems.
Live co nd ucto rs in an a ssem bly th a t are not pro tected by s h o rt-c irc u it p ro te ctive devices
(see 8.6.1 and 8.6.2) shall be se lected and installed th ro u g h o u t the entire a ssem bly in
accorda nce w ith T able 4. N on -p rote cte d live co nd ucto rs selected and installed as in T ab le 4
shall have a to ta l length not excee ding 3 m betw een the m ain busb ar and each respective
SCPD or, in the case o f a single se ction a ssem bly, betw een the load te rm in a ls o f the
incom ing device and the supply te rm in a ls o f each outg oin g SCPD.
E xcept fo r the cases m entioned in 8.6.6, the m ethod and the extent o f id e n tifica tio n o f
co nd ucto rs, fo r exam ple by arrangem ent, colours or sym bols, on the te rm in a ls to w hich they
are connected or on the end(s) o f the co n d u cto rs th em selve s, is the re s p o n s ib ility o f the
a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r and shall be in a gree m e nt w ith the ind icatio ns on the w iring diagram s
and draw ings. W here a p p ro priate , id e n tifica tio n according to IEC 604 45 :2 01 7 shall be a pplied.
8.6.6 Identification of the protective c on du cto r (PE, PEL, PEM, PEN) and of the
neutral c on d uctor (N) and the m id-point co n d u cto r (M) of the main circuits
8.6.7 Conductors in AC circuits passing through ferro m a g n etic enclo sures or plates
W here co nd ucto rs in AC circu its w ith a cu rren t rating e xceeding 200 A pass through
fe rro m a g n e tic e n closu res, se ction s o r plates, th ey shall:
- be arranged such th a t the co nd ucto rs are only c o lle c tiv e ly surrounded by fe rro m a g n e tic
m aterial, e.g. pass th ro ug h the sam e hole; or
- a rran ge m en ts w here co n d u cto rs pass th ro ug h separate holes shall have been ve rified by
te m p e ra tu re -rise te st(s).
It is perm itted fo r an add itio na l p ro tective co n d u cto r to e n te r the fe rro u s e nclosu re ind ivid ua lly.
8.7 Cooling
If special pre cau tion s are required at the place o f in s ta lla tio n to ensure proper co oling , the
a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r sh all furn ish the nece ssary inform ation (for instance ind icatio n o f the
need fo r spacing w ith resp ect to parts th a t are liable to im pede the d issip a tio n o f heat or
produce heat th em selve s).
Based on inform a tion from the o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r, the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r shall
ind icate w h e th e r the te rm ina ls are su ita b le fo r conn ectio n o f co pp er or a lum inium conductors,
o r both. The te rm ina ls shall be such th a t the external co nd ucto rs may be connected by a
m eans (screw s, co nn ecto rs, e tc.) th a t e nsu re s th a t the nece ssary co nta ct pressure
corresp on din g to the cu rre n t rating and the sh o rt-c irc u it strength o f the a pp aratus and the
c irc u it is m aintained.
In the absence o f a sp e cific inform a tion that larg e r cables are to be used, w hich req uire larger
te rm ina ls, the term ina ls shall be capable o f accom m o da ting co p p e r co nd ucto rs from the
sm allest to the large st cro ss-se ctio n a l areas co rresp on din g to the rated cu rre n t o f the circu it
p ro te ctive device / n , (see A nnex A). For a djustab le p ro tective devices, the rated c u rre n t is the
cu rre n t setting selected.
W here a lum inium co nd ucto rs are to be te rm ina te d, the type, size and te rm ina tion m ethod of
the co nd ucto rs shall be as agreed betw een the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r and the user.
In the case w here e xterna l co nd ucto rs fo r e le c tro n ic c irc u its w ith low -level cu rren ts and
vo ltag es (less than 1 A and less than 50 V AC o r 120 V DC) have to be connected to an
assem bly, Table A.1 does not apply.
The a vailab le w iring space shall p erm it proper conn ectio n o f the e xte rn a l co nd ucto rs o f the
indicated m aterial and, in the case o f m ulticore cables, spreading o f the cores.
The co nd ucto rs shall not be su bjected to stresse s w hich are likely to reduce th e ir norm al life
expectancy. In the abse nce o f a sp e c ific inform ation th a t larg e r cables are to be used, w hich
require larg e r te rm in a ls, on th re e -p h a se and neutral circ u its , te rm in a ls fo r the neutral
co nd ucto r shall a llo w the conn ectio n o f co pp er co nd ucto rs having a m inim um c ro ss-se ctio n a l
area:
- equal to h alf the cro ss-se ctio n a l area o f the line conductor, w ith a m inim um o f 16 m m 2, if
the size o f the line co n d u cto r e xcee ds 16 m m 2;
- equal to the full cro ss-se ctio n a l area o f the line co nd ucto r, if the size o f the la tte r is less
than o r equal to 16 m m 2.
For co nd ucto rs, o the r than co pp er co nd ucto rs, the above c ro s s-se ctio n s should be replaced
by cro ss-se ctio n s o f e qu iva len t co nd ucta n ce, w hich m ay req uire larger te rm ina ls.
For certa in a p p lica tio n s, w hich lead to high values o f zero sequence harm onics (e.g. third
order harm onics), higher cro ss-se ctio n s o f the neutral c o n d u c to r m ay be required as these
harm onics o f the lines are added in the neutral co nd ucto r and lead to high cu rre n t load at
h ig he r freq ue n cie s. This is su b je ct to special a gree m e nt betw een the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r
and the user.
If conn ectin g fa c ilitie s fo r incom ing and outgoing neutral, m id -po in t, p ro tective , PEL, PEM and
PEN co nd ucto rs are provided, th ey shall be arranged near the a ssociated line co nd ucto r
term inals.
O penings in ca ble e ntries, co ver plates, etc. shall be so design ed that, w hen the ca bles are
p ro pe rly installed , the stated p ro tective m easures a ga in st co nta ct and degree o f p rotection
shall be obta ine d. This im plies the se le ction o f m eans o f e n try su ita b le fo r the a pp lica tion as
stated by the a ssem bly m anufacturer.
The te rm ina ls fo r e xternal p ro tective co nd ucto rs (PE, PEL, PEM, PEN) and m etal sh ea thin g o f
conn ectin g cables (steel conduit, lead sh ea th, e tc.) shall, w here required, be bare and, unless
o th e rw ise sp ecified , su ita b le fo r the co nn ectio n o f co pp er co nd ucto rs. A se pa ra te te rm in a l o f
adequate size shall be provided fo r the outg oin g p ro tective c o n d u cto r(s) o f each circuit.
In the absence o f a sp e cific inform a tion th a t larg e r cables are to be used, w hich req uire larger
te rm ina ls, te rm in a ls fo r p ro te ctive co nd ucto rs shall allo w the conn ectio n o f co pp er co nd ucto rs
having a cross-sectio n d epending on the cross-sectio n o f the co rresp on din g line co nd ucto rs
according to Table 5. T erm in als fo r PEN co n d u cto rs shall be the sam e as fo r neutral
conductors.
In the case o f e nclosu res and co n d u cto rs o f a lum inium o r alu m in ium allo ys, p articula r
co nside ratio n shall be given to the dan ge r o f e le c tro ly tic co rrosio n. The conn ectin g m eans to
ensure the co n tin u ity o f the co nd uctive parts w ith e xternal p ro tective co nd ucto rs shall have no
o th e r fu nctio n.
S pecial pre cau tion s can be n ecessary w ith m etal parts o f the a ssem bly, p a rtic u la rly gland
plates, w here a b ra sio n -re sista n t fin ish es, fo r exam ple p ow der coatings, are used.
Id e n tifica tio n o f te rm in a ls shall com ply w ith IEC 60445:2017 unless o the rw ise stated.
9 Performance requirements
9.1.1 General
- te m p ora ry o vervolta ge s;
- tra n sie n t o vervolta ge s.
The a b ility to w ithstan d te m p ora ry o vervolta ge s, and the in te g rity o f solid insu latio n, is ve rified
by the p ow er-fre q ue ncy w ithstan d vo ltag e and the a b ility to w ithstan d tra n s ie n t o vervolta ge s is
ve rified by the im pulse w ithstan d voltage.
In the case o f va ria b le freq ue n cy d rives o r co nve rte rs, reflected v o lta g e w aves, recu rring peak
vo ltag es and freq ue n cy can require special atte ntio n.
The circu its o f the a ssem bly shall be capable o f w ith sta n d in g the a pp ro priate p o w er-fre q ue ncy
w ithstan d vo ltag es given in T able 8 and Table 9 (see 10.9.2). T he rated insu latio n vo ltag e of
any c irc u it o f the a ssem bly shall be equal to or h ig he r than its m axim um rated ope ra tion al
voltage.
E n closures and e xternal ope ra ting handles m anufactured from or covered w ith insulating
m ate ria ls shall be ca pa ble o f w ith sta n d in g the pow er freq ue n cy d ie le c tric te sts as given in
10.9.4 and 10.9.5.
C on du cto rs covered w ith insu latin g m aterial to provide p rotection a ga in st e le c tric shock shall
be ca pa ble o f w ithstan ding the pow er fre q u e n cy d ie le c tric test as given in 10.9.6. T his te st is
not required fo r insulated co nd ucto rs w hich are ve rified to be su ita b ly insulated a ccordin g to
th e ir pro du ct standard (e.g. cables).
C learances from live parts to e xp o s e d -co n d u ctive -p a rts and betw een live parts o f d iffe re n t
p ote ntia l shall be ca pa ble o f w ithstan ding the te st vo ltag e given in T able 10 as a pp ro priate for
the rated im pulse w ithstan d voltage.
The rated im pulse w ithstan d voltage fo r a given rated o pe ra tion al vo ltag e shall not be less
than th a t co rresp on din g in A nnex G to the type o f su pp ly system and the nom inal vo ltag e of
the supply system o f the c irc u it at the point w he re the a ssem bly is to be used and the
a pp ro priate o vervolta ge category.
W hen o vervolta ge co nd itio ns req uire surge p ro tective devices (S P D s) to be connected to the
m ain circu it, such SPDs shall be protected to pre ven t unco ntro lle d sh o rt-c irc u it c o n d itio n s as
specified by the SPD m anufacturer.
The in sta lla tio n o f the SPD needs to resp ect the in s tru ctio n s o f the SPD m an ufa ctu re r, fo r
exam ple, the to ta l length o f co nd ucto rs betw een the te rm ina ls o f the SPD to the line and earth,
as a pplicable.
9.2.1 General
The a ssem bly and its circu its shall be able to ca rry th e ir rated c u rre n ts under specified
co nd itio ns (see 5 .3.1, 5.3.2, 5.3.3 and 5.4), taking into co nside ratio n the ratings o f the
com ponents, th e ir d isp o sitio n and a pp lica tion , w ith o u t e xceeding the lim its given in T able 6
w hen ve rifie d in a ccorda nce w ith 10.10. The te m p e ra tu re -rise lim its given in T able 6 a pp ly fo r
a d aily average a m b ie n t a ir te m p era ture o f 35 °C.
The te m p e ra tu re -rise o f an e le m e n t or part is the d iffe re n ce betw een the te m p era ture o f this
e lem ent or part m easured in a ccorda nce w ith 1 0.10.2.3.3 and the a m b ie n t a ir tem perature
o utsid e the a ssem bly. If the mean a m bient a ir te m p era ture is higher than 35 °C, then the
te m p e ra tu re -rise lim its shall be adapted fo r th is special se rvice co nd itio n, so th a t the sum o f
the a m b ie n t a ir te m p era ture and the ind ivid ua l te m p e ra tu re -rise lim it rem ains the sam e. If the
daily average a m b ie n t a ir te m p era ture is low e r than 35 °C, the sam e ada pta tio n o f the
te m p e ra tu re -rise lim its is allow ed su bject to a gree m e nt betw een the user and the a ssem bly
m anufacturer.
In som e cases, fo r exam ple, m anual o pe ra ting m eans, a cce ssib le e xterna l covers and
enclosures, h ig he r te m p era ture s are p erm itted , but not h ig he r than m axim um lim its from
Table 6. See T able 6, fo o tn o te h.
The te m p e ra tu re -rise shall not cause dam age to c u rre n t-ca rryin g parts or a dja ce n t p arts o f the
assem bly. In p articula r, fo r insu latin g m aterials, the o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r shall d em on strate
com pliance e ith e r by refe ren ce to the te m p era ture index, fo r exam ple, by the m ethods of
IEC 60216 (all parts) o r in accorda nce w ith IEC 60085:2007.
9.2.2 A d ju stm ent of rated currents for alternative am bient air tem peratures
If the te m p e ra tu re -rise lim its have been changed to co v e r a d iffe re n t a m b ie n t a ir te m p era ture ,
then the rated cu rren ts o f all busbars, fu n ctio n a l units, etc. m ay need to be changed
accordin gly. The o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r shall state the m easures to be taken, if any, to ensure
com pliance with the te m p era ture lim its. If an a da pta tio n fo r low er a m b ie n t a ir te m p era ture s is
m ade, then the rated cu rren ts o f the devices published by the device m an ufa ctu re rs sh all not
be exceeded.
If a te m p e ra tu re -rise te st has been p re vio u sly ca rried out a pplying the te m p e ra tu re -ris e lim its
fo r a d a ily average a m b ie n t a ir te m p era ture o f 35 °C, then, up to a d aily average a m b ie n t a ir
te m p era ture o f 50 °C, the rated cu rren ts ve rified by te s t can be adjusted by ca lcu la tio n as
given in 10.10.3.6.
9.3.1 General
A sse m blies shall be ca pa ble o f w ith sta n d in g the therm al and dyna m ic stresse s resu ltin g from
sh o rt-circu it cu rren ts not excee ding the rated values.
A sse m blies shall be protected a gainst s h o rt-c irc u it cu rren ts by m eans of, fo r exam ple, circ u it-
breakers, fuses or co m b in a tion s o f both, w hich m ay e ith e r be inco rp o ra ted in the a ssem bly or
arranged o utsid e o f it.
For a ssem blies intended fo r use in IT system s, the s h o rt-c irc u it p ro te ctive device should have
a su ffic ie n t breaking ca p a city on each single pole at lin e -to -lin e vo ltag e to cle a r a double
earth fa ult. (See IEC 6 0 3 64 -5 -5 3 :20 01 , IEC 6 03 64 -5 -5 3 :2 0 0 1 /A M D 1 :2 0 0 2 and IEC 60364-5-
53:2 00 1 /A M D 2:2 01 5).
U nless o the rw ise sp ecified in the a ssem bly m a n u fa c tu re r’s o pe ra ting and m aintenance
in stru ctio n s, a ssem blies th a t have been su bjected to a s h o rt-c irc u it m ay not be su ita b le fo r
fu tu re se rvice w ith o u t insp ectio n a nd /or m ainten an ce by skille d person(s).
For a ssem blies w ith a SC PD inco rp o ra ted in the incom ing unit, the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r
shall declare the m axim um allo w a ble value o f the p ro spe ctive sh o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t a t the inp ut
te rm in a ls o f the a ssem bly. T his value shall not exceed the a pp ro priate ra tin g (s) (see 5.3.4,
5.3.5, and 5.3.6). The corresp on din g pow er fa c to r and peak values shall be those show n in
9.3.3.
If a circ u it-b re a k e r w ith a tim e -d e la y release is used as the s h o rt-c irc u it p ro tective device, the
a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r shall state the m axim um tim e -d e la y and the cu rre n t setting
corresp on din g to the indicated p ro sp e ctive s h o rt-c irc u it current.
For a ssem blies w here the sh o rt-c irc u it p ro tective device is not inco rp o ra ted in the incom ing
unit, the assem bly m an ufa ctu re r shall in d ica te the s h o rt-c irc u it w ithstan d strength in one or
both of the fo llo w in g w ays:
a) rated sh o rt-tim e w ithstan d cu rren t ( /cw) to g e th e r w ith the a ssociated d uratio n (see 5.3.5)
and rated peak w ithstan d cu rre n t ( /pk) (see 5.3.4);
b) rated co n d itio n a l sh o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t ( /cc) including the c u rre n t-lim itin g c h a ra c te ris tic s of
the upstream SCPD (see 3.1.11).
For tim es up to a m axim um o f 3 s, the re la tio n sh ip betw een the rated sh o rt-tim e cu rre n t and
the a ssociated d uration is given by the fo rm u la I 2t = co nsta nt, provided th a t the peak value
does not exceed the rated peak w ithstan d current.
For an a ssem bly having several incom ing u nits w hich are u nlikely to be in operation
sim u ltan e ou sly, the sh o rt-c irc u it w ithstan d stren gth can be indicated fo r each o f the incom ing
u nits in accorda nce w ith the above.
For an a ssem bly having several incom ing u nits w hich are like ly to be in ope ra tion
sim u ltan e ou sly, and fo r an a ssem bly having one incom ing u nit and one or m ore outgoing
h ig h-p ow er units likely to co n trib u te to the s h o rt-c irc u it cu rren t, it is n ecessary to determ ine
the values o f the p ro spe ctive sh o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t, co nside rin g all o pe ra ting m odes, in each
incom ing unit, in each outgoing unit and in the busbars. The p ro spe ctive sh o rt-c irc u it currents
d eterm ined shall be based on data provided by the user.
For d ete rm inin g the e le ctro d yn a m ic stresse s, the value o f peak cu rren t shall be obtained by
m ultiplyin g the RMS value fo r AC a p p lic a tio n s and mean value fo r DC a pp lica tion s o f the
sh o rt-circu it cu rre n t by the fa c to r n. The values fo r the fa c to r n and the co rresp on din g pow er
fa cto r fo r AC a p p lica tio n s are given in T able 7. The peak fa c to r fo r DC a p p lic a tio n s is su bject
to a gree m e nt betw een the m an ufa ctu re r and the user.
The co ordin atio n o f p ro tective devices w ithin the a ssem bly w ith those to be used e x te rn a lly to
the a ssem bly sh all be the su b je ct o f an a gree m e nt betw een the a ssem bly m a n u fa ctu re r and
the user. Inform ation given in the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r's ca talo gu e m ay take the place o f
such an agreem ent.
If the ope ra ting co nd itio ns require m axim um c o n tin u ity o f supply, the se ttin g s or se le ction of
the sh o rt-c irc u it p ro tective devices w ithin the a ssem bly should, w here possible, be so
co ordin ate d th a t a sh o rt-c irc u it occurrin g in any outgoing c irc u it is cleared by the SCPD
installed in the circu it w ith o u t a ffe cting the o th e r outg oin g circu its, thus ensuring s e le c tiv ity o f
the p ro tective system .
W here sh o rt-c irc u it p ro te ctive devices are connected in se ries and are intended to operate
sim u lta n e o u sly to reach the required s h o rt-c irc u it sw itchin g c a p a b ility (i.e. back-up
p ro tectio n ), the a sse m b ly m an ufa ctu re r shall inform the user (e.g. by a w arning label in the
a ssem bly o r in the ope ra ting instru ction s, see 6.2) th a t none o f the p ro tective devices are
allow ed to be replaced by a no the r d evice w hich is not o f identical type and rating, unless the
device is tested and approved in co m b in a tion w ith the b ack-up device since the sw itching
ca p a b ility o f the w hole co m b in a tion can o the rw ise be com prom ised.
F urther guida nce is given in IEC TR 6 1 9 12 -1 :2 00 7 and IEC TR 619 12 -2 :2 00 9. See also 8.5.3.
10 Design verification
10.1 General
U nder the re sp o n sib ility o f the original m anufacturer, all design v e rific a tio n s shall be carried
out o r supe rvise d by a co m p ete n t person.
Design ve rifica tio n is intended to ve rify co m p lia nce o f the design o f an a ssem bly or assem bly
system w ith the req uirem en ts o f the IEC 61439 series.
Design v e rifica tio n s shall cover all declared m ounting o rien ta tion s.
W here tests on the a ssem bly have been conducted in accorda nce w ith the IEC 60439 series
(w ith dra w n ) or previous e d itio n s o f the IEC 61439 series, and the te st resu lts fu lfil the
req uirem en ts o f the cu rre n t e dition o f the releva n t part o f IEC 61439 se ries, the v e rific a tio n o f
these req uirem en ts need not be repeated.
R epetition o f v e rifica tio n s in the product sta nd ard s o f sw itchin g devices or co m ponents
including co nd ucto rs inco rp o ra ted in the a ssem bly, w hich have been se lected in accordance
w ith 8.5.3 and installed in a ccorda nce w ith the in s tru ctio n s o f th e ir m an ufa ctu re r is not
required. Tests on individ ua l devices and co m ponents including co nd ucto rs to th e ir resp ective
pro du ct standards are not an a lte rn a tive to the design v e rific a tio n s in th is d ocu m e nt fo r the
assem bly.
If m od ifica tio ns are m ade to a ve rified a ssem bly, C lause 10 shall be used to ch eck if these
m o d ifica tio n s a ffe ct the p erform an ce o f the a ssem bly. New v e rific a tio n s shall be ca rried out if
an a dverse effe ct is likely.
W hen th ere is m ore than one m ethod fo r the sam e v e rific a tio n , th ey are co nside red e q u iva le n t
and the se le ction o f the a pp ro priate m ethod is the re s p o n s ib ility o f the o rigin al m anufacturer.
The te sts shall be perform ed on a rep re sen ta tive sam ple o f an a ssem bly in a clean and new
co ndition.
The perform ance o f the a ssem bly m ay be a ffe cted by the v e rific a tio n tests (e.g. sh o rt-c irc u it
test). T hese tests should not be perform ed on an a ssem bly th a t is intended to be placed in
service.
An a ssem bly w hich is ve rified in accorda nce w ith this docu m e nt by an o rig in a l m anufacturer
(see 3.10.1) and m anufactured or assem bled by a no the r does not req uire the o rig in a l design
v e rifica tio n s to be repeated if all the req uirem en ts and instru ction s sp e cifie d and provided by
the o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r are m et in fu ll. W here the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r in co rp o ra tes th e ir
own a rrangem ents not included in the o rig in a l m a n u fa ctu re r's v e rific a tio n , the assem bly
m an ufa ctu re r is deem ed to be the o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r in resp ect o f these a rran ge m en ts and
is resp o n sib le fo r ve rifica tio n o f these a lte rn a te a rrangem ents.
a) C on structio n:
10.2 S trength o f m ate ria ls and parts;
10.3 D egree o f p ro tectio n o f a ssem blies (IP C ode);
10.4 C lea ra nce s and creepage d istances;
10.5 P ro tectio n a ga in st e le ctric shock and in te g rity o f p ro tective circu its;
10.6 Incorporation o f sw itchin g devices and com ponents;
10.7 Internal e le ctrica l circu its and co nn ectio ns;
10.8 T erm in als fo r e xternal co nd ucto rs.
b) P erform ance:
10.9 D ielectric p roperties;
10.10 T em p eratu re-rise ;
The refe ren ce d esign s, the num ber o f a ssem blies or parts th e re o f used fo r v e rific a tio n , the
selection o f the ve rifica tio n m ethod when a pplicable, and the o rd er in w hich the v e rific a tio n is
carried out shall be at the discretio n o f the o rig in a l m anufacturer.
The data used, ca lcu la tio n s m ade, and co m p arison s undertaken fo r the v e rific a tio n o f
assem blies shall be recorded in ve rific a tio n reports.
10.2.1 General
The m echanical, e le ctrica l and th erm al c a p a b ility o f c o n s tru c tio n a l m ate ria ls and parts o f the
a ssem bly sh all be deem ed to be proven by v e rific a tio n o f co nstructio n and perform ance
ch ara cte ristics.
W here an em pty e nclosu re in a ccorda nce w ith IEC 62208:2011 is used, and it has not been
m odified so as to d egrade the p erform an ce o f the e nclosu re, no rep etitio n o f the enclosure
testing to 10.2 is required.
The resista nce to co rrosio n o f re p re se n ta tive sam ples o f fe rro u s m eta llic enclosures,
including internal and e xternal fe rro us m e ta llic c o n s tru c tio n a l parts o f the assem bly, shall be
ve rified .
In all cases, hinges, locks and fa ste ning s shall also be tested unless they have pre vio u sly
been su bjected to an e q u iva le n t te st and th e ir resista nce to c o rrosio n has not been
com prom ised by th e ir a pp lica tion .
W here the e nclosu re is su bjected to the test, it shall be m ounted as in norm al use according
to the original m an ufa ctu re r's instru ction s.
The te st specim ens shall be new and in a clean co ndition and shall be su bjected to se ve rity
te st A or B, as detailed in 10.2.2.2 and 10.2.2.3.
N O T E T h e s a lt m is t te s t p ro v id e s an a tm o s p h e re th a t a c c e le ra te s c o rro s io n a n d d o e s n o t im p ly th a t th e a s s e m b ly
is s u ita b le fo r a s a lt-la d e n a tm o s p h e re .
six cycles o f 24 h each to dam p heat cyclin g te st a ccordin g to IEC 6 0 0 68 -2 -3 0 :20 05 (T e st Db)
at (40 ± 2) °C. V a ria n t 1 or 2 to be se lected as recom m ended by A nnex A o f IEC 60068-2-
30:2005,
fo llow ed by,
tw o cycles o f 24 h each to sa lt m ist te s t according to IEC 60068-2-11:1981 (Test Ka: S alt m ist)
at a te m p era ture o f (35 ± 2) °C.
five cycles o f 24 h each to dam p heat cyclin g te st according to IEC 6 0 0 68 -2 -3 0 :20 05 (Test Db)
at (40 ± 2) °C. V a ria n t 1 or 2 to be se lected as recom m ended by A nnex A o f IEC 60068-2-
30:2005,
fo llow ed by:
A fte r the test, the e nclosu re o r sam ples shall be w ashed in running tap w ater fo r 5 m in, rinsed
in d istille d o r d e m in e ra lize d w ater, then shaken or su bjected to an a ir b last to rem ove w ater
d ro ple ts. The specim en u nder te st shall then be stored under norm al se rvice co nd itio ns fo r
2 h.
S im ila r enclosu res, e nclosu re parts and interna l fe rro u s m e ta llic parts, irre sp e ctive o f th e ir
shape and size, are covered by the c o rrosio n te s t on the rep re sen ta tive sam ples if th e y are
m anufactured from the sam e m ate ria ls and w ith the sam e su rfa ce trea tm en ts, using the sam e
m an ufa ctu rin g process.
The th erm al sta b ility o f e nclosu res m anufactured from insu latin g m aterial shall be v e rifie d by
the dry heat te st. The te st shall be carried out according to IEC 6 0 0 6 8 -2 -2 :2 00 7 (T e st Bb), at
a te m p era ture o f 70 °C, w ith natural a ir circu la tio n , fo r a d uration o f 168 h and w ith a recovery
o f 96 h.
Parts intended fo r d eco ra tive purposes th a t have no te ch n ica l s ig n ific a n c e shall not be
considered fo r the purpose o f th is test.
The e nclo su re or sam ple shall show no crack v isib le to norm al or co rrected visio n w itho ut
add itio na l m ag nifica tion nor shall the m aterial have becom e sticky or greasy, this being
jud ge d as follow s:
- W ith the fo re fin g e r w rapped in a dry piece o f rough cloth, the sam ple is pressed w ith a
fo rce o f 5 N.
N O T E T h e fo rc e o f 5 N c a n be o b ta in e d in th e fo llo w in g w a y : th e e n c lo s u re o r s a m p le is p la c e d o n o n e o f th e
p a n s o f a b a la n c e an d th e o th e r pa n is lo a d e d w ith a m a s s e q u a l to th e m a s s o f th e s a m p le p lu s 5 0 0 g . E q u ilib riu m
is th e n re s to re d by p re s s in g th e s a m p le w ith th e fo r e fin g e r w ra p p e d in a d ry p ie c e o f ro u g h c lo th .
No trace s o f the cloth shall rem ain on the sam ple, and the m aterial o f the e nclosu re o r the
sam ple shall not stick to the cloth.
E n closures o r parts attached to the e nclosu re o f sam e m aterials, sam e co lo ur, sam e or
g re a te r th ickne ss o f the w alls and sam e g en eral co n stru ctio n , but w ith, fo r exam ple, other
dim en sion s, are covered by the te st on the re p re se n ta tive sam ples.
The g lo w -w ire te st princip les o f IEC 6 06 95 -2 -1 0 :20 13 and the d eta ils given in IEC 60695-2-
11:2014 shall be used to ve rify the s u ita b ility o f the m ate ria ls used:
The te st shall be ca rried out on m aterial w ith the m inim um th ickne ss used fo r the parts in a)
o r b).
For a d e scrip tio n o f the te st, see C lause 8 o f IEC 6 0 6 9 5 -2 -1 1 :2014. The a pp aratus to be used
shall be as described in C lause 5 o f IEC 60695 -2 -1 1 :20 14 .
The te m p era ture o f the tip o f the glo w -w ire shall be as fo llo w s:
- 960 °C fo r parts nece ssary to retain c u rre n t-ca rryin g parts in position;
- 850 °C fo r e nclosu res to be installed in hollow w alls;
- 650 °C fo r all o the r parts, including parts n ecessary to retain the p ro te ctive c o n d u c to r and
e nclosu re parts intended to be em bedded in and m ounted on w a lls w hich are co m b ustio n-
resistant.
NO TE 1 T o le ra n c e s fo r te m p e ra tu re s o f th e tip a re in c lu d e d in IE C 6 0 6 9 5 -2 -1 1 :2 0 1 4 .
For sm all parts having surface d im en sion s not excee ding 14 mm x 1 4 mm, an a lte rn a tive te st
m ay be used (e.g. needle flam e test, a ccordin g to IEC 6 0 6 9 5 -1 1-5 :20 16 ). The sam e
pro ced ure m ay be a p p lica b le fo r o th e r pra ctical reasons w here the m etal m aterial o f a part is
large com pared to the insu latin g m aterial.
If a part m ade from an identical m aterial, having the sam e or g re a te r th ickne ss than the
refe ren ce part th a t has a lrea d y sa tisfied the req uirem en ts o f 8 .1.3.2 .3 , then the te st need not
be perform ed. It is the sam e fo r all parts w hich have been pre vio u sly tested according to th e ir
own sp e cifica tio n s.
As an a lterna tive, the o rig in a l m a n u fa ctu re r shall provide data on the s u ita b ility o f m ate ria ls
from the insu latin g m aterial m an ufa ctu re r to d em on strate co m p lia nce w ith IEC 6 06 95 -2 -1 2 fo r
the m ate ria ls used and a pp lica ble te m p era ture according to 10.2.3.2.1.
This te st a pp lie s o n ly to e nclosu res and e xternal parts o f a ssem blies intended to be installed
o utd oo rs and w hich are co nstructed o f insu latin g m ate ria ls or e nclosu res th a t are e ntirely
coated by syn th e tic m ate ria l. R e p re se nta tive sam ples o f such parts shall be su bjected to the
fo llo w in g test.
10.2.4.1.1 Verification for enclosures and external parts of assem blies con structed of
insulating materials
shall be prepared.
The te st specim ens shall be m ade u nder the sam e co nd itio ns as those used fo r the
m an ufa ctu re o f the enclosure being considered.
T est sequence:
a) UV te st on all tw elve sam ples a ccordin g to ISO 4 89 2-2:20 13 , M ethod A, C ycle 1 providing
a to ta l te st period o f 500 h.
b) V e rifica tio n o f the fle xu ra l stren gth in a ccorda nce w ith ISO 178 (m ethod A) w ith six o f the
sam ples. The su rfa ce o f the sam ple exposed to UV rad ia tio n shall be tu rn ed face down
and the p ressure a pplied to the non-exposed surface.
c) V e rifica tio n o f the C harpy im p act in accorda nce w ith ISO 179 on the o th e r six sa m ples. No
notches shall be cu t into the sam ple and the im pact shall be applied to the exposed
surface.
R esults to be obtained:
i) S am ples shall not show cracks o r d e te rio ra tio n v isib le to norm al o r co rrected vision
w ith o u t a dd itio n a l m agnification.
ii) The flexural strength a ccordin g to ISO 178 shall have 70 % m inim um retention.
iii) The C harpy im pact according to ISO 179 shall have 70 % m inim um rete ntio n . For
m ate ria ls w hose im pact bending stren gth ca nn ot be d eterm ined p rior to exposure
because no rupture has o ccurred, not m ore than th re e o f the exposed te s t specim ens
shall be allow ed to break.
10.2.4.1.2 Verification for enclosures and external parts of assem blies coated on
the ir exposed surface(s) by synthetic material
T est sam ple: Three rep re sen ta tive sam ples o f su ita b le size shall be te ste d. The te st
specim ens shall be m ade under the sam e c o n d itio n s as those used fo r the m an ufa ctu re o f the
enclosure being considered.
T est sequence:
a) UV te st on all th re e sam ples according to ISO 4 89 2-2:2013, M ethod A, C ycle 1 pro vid ing a
to ta l te st period o f 500 h.
b) V e rifica tio n o f the rete ntio n o f the coating according to ISO 2409.
R esults to be obtained:
The adherence o f the syn th e tic m aterial shall have a m inim um rete ntio n o f ca teg ory 3
according to ISO 2409.
E n closures and e xternal parts m ade o f the sam e insu latin g m ate ria ls, irre sp e ctive o f th e ir
shape and size, are covered by the te st on the rep re sen ta tive sam ples.
As an a lterna tive, the o rigin al m a n u fa ctu re r shall p rovide data on the s u ita b ility o f m ate ria ls o f
the sam e type and th ickne ss o r th in n e r from the insu latin g m aterial su p p lie r to d em on strate
com pliance w ith the req uirem en ts o f 8.1.4.
10.2.5 Lifting
If the o rig in a l m an ufa ctu re r m akes provision fo r lifting o th e r than by m anual m eans,
com pliance is ve rified w ith the fo llo w in g tests.
The m axim um num ber o f sections allow ed by the original m an ufa ctu re r to be lifted to gether
shall be equipped w ith co m ponents a nd /or w e ig h ts to achieve a w eig ht o f 1,25 tim es its
m axim um sh ipping w eig ht. W ith doors closed, it shall be lifted w ith the sp e cifie d lifting m eans
and, in the m anner, d efined by the o rig in a l m anufacturer.
From a sta n d still position, the tra n sp o rt u nit shall be raised sm oothly w ith o u t je rk in g in a
ve rtica l plane to a height > 1 m and low ered in the sam e m anner to a s ta n d s till p osition . This
te st is repeated a fu rth e r tw o tim es a fte r w hich the tra n s p o rt u nit is raised up and suspended
clear o f the flo o r fo r 30 min w ith o u t any m ovem ent.
F ollow ing the above te st and using the sam e tra n s p o rt unit, the tra n s p o rt u nit shall be raised
sm oothly w ith o u t je rk in g from a s ta n d s till position to a h eigh t > 1 m and m oved (10 ± 0,5) m
h orizo n tally, then low ered to a sta n d still p osition . This sequence shall be ca rrie d o u t three
tim es at uniform speed, each sequence being ca rried out w ithin 1 min.
A fte r the test, w ith the te st w eig hts in place, the tra n s p o rt unit shall show no cracks or
p erm a ne nt d isto rtio n s, visib le to norm al o r co rrected vision w ith o u t a dd itio n a l m ag nifica tion ,
th a t could im pair any o f its ch a ra cte ristics.
E n closures w ith the sam e or equal c o n s tru c tio n a l design and a rran ge m en ts fo r lifting are
ve rified if having an equal or low er w eig ht than th a t tested as the rep re sen ta tive sam ple.
M echanical im p act tests, w here required by the s p e c ific a ssem bly sta nd ard , are to be carried
out in accorda nce w ith the te st req uirem en ts o f the s p e c ific a ssem bly standard.
10.2.7 Marking
M arking m ade by m oulding, pressing, e ng ra ving or sim ilar, including labels w ith a lam inated
pla stic co verin g , shall not be su bm itted to the fo llo w in g test.
The te st is m ade by rubbing the m arking by hand fo r 15 s w ith a piece o f cloth soaked in
w ater and then fo r 15 s w ith a piece o f cloth soaked w ith petroleum spirit.
A fte r the test, the m arking shall be legible to norm al or corrected vision w ith o u t add itio na l
m agnification.
M arkings o f a sam e m aterial and m ethod o f p rinting are covered by the tests com pleted on
the refe ren ce sam ples.
This ve rifica tio n te st shall not be m ade on such devices o f the a ssem bly w hich have a lready
been type tested according to th e ir releva n t pro du ct sta nd ard (e.g. w ithd ra w ab le circ u it-
breaker) unless th e ir m echanical ope ra tion has been m odified by th e ir m ounting
a rrangem ents d iffe rin g from those given in the device m a n u fa c tu re r’s instru ction s.
For parts th a t need to be ve rified through testing (see 8.1.5), intended m echanical operation
shall be ve rified a fte r insta lla tio n in the assem bly. The n um ber o f ope ra ting cycles shall be
200. W here a device has been tested in accorda nce w ith its own pro du ct standard, but the
m ounting arran ge m en t is not in accorda nce w ith the m a n u fa c tu re r’s in stru ctio n s, the num ber
o f o pe ra tio n s shall be in a ccorda nce w ith the pro du ct standard.
A t the sam e tim e, the ope ra tion o f the m echanical inte rlo cks a ssociated w ith these
m ovem ents shall be checked. The te st is passed if the ope ra ting co nd itio ns o f the apparatus,
interlo cks, the sp ecified degree o f p ro tectio n and position ind icatio n, if any, have not been
im paired and if the e ffo rt required fo r ope ra tion is p ra c tic a lly the sam e as before the test. For
devices th a t have sp ecific o p e ra tio n a l c rite ria the d evice pro du ct standard a nd /or the
m a n u fa ctu re r’s instru ction s should be consulted.
E n closures w ith the sam e or equal c o n s tru c tio n a l so lu tion fo r m echanical o pe ra tion are
covered by te sts com pleted on the refe ren ce sam ples.
The degree o f p rotection provided in accorda nce w ith 8.2.2, 8 .2.3 and 8 .4.2.3 shall be verified
in accorda nce w ith IEC 6 05 29 :1 98 9, IEC 6 05 2 9 :1 9 8 9 /A M D 1 :1 999 and
IEC 605 29 :1 98 9/A M D 2 :20 1 3; the te st m ay be ca rried out on one re p re se n ta tive equipped
a ssem bly in a co nd itio n stated by the o rigin al m anufacturer. W here an em pty e nclo su re in
accorda nce w ith IEC 62208:2011 o r an a sse m b ly e nclosu re tested in accorda nce w ith the
IEC 61439 se ries is used, a ve rifica tio n a ssessm en t sh all be perform ed to ensure that any
e xternal m od ifica tio n th a t has been carried out does not re s u lt in a d e te rio ra tio n o f the degree
o f p rotection. Such an a ssessm en t can, fo r exam ple, be a visual check to confirm that a
device w ith a su ita b le degree o f p rotection (IP code) has been installed in an opening in an
enclosure in accorda nce w ith the d evice m a n u fa c tu re r’s insta lla tio n instru ction s. In this case,
no fu rth e r te sting is required.
- w ith all covers and doors in place and closed as in norm al se rvice, irre sp e ctive o f w he th er
th ey can be opened or rem oved, w ith o r w ith o u t the use o f key or tool;
- in a de-en ergize d state (m ain and a uxilia ry circu its);
- w here the a ssem bly is m ade up o f m ultiple sections or is described as exten da b le , join ed
se ction s shall be included.
N O T E T h e te s ts g iv e n in IE C 6 0 5 2 9 :1 9 8 9 , IE C 6 0 5 2 9 :1 9 8 9 /A M D 1 :1 9 9 9 an d IE C 6 0 5 2 9 :1 9 8 9 /A M D 2 :2 0 1 3 ; re la te d
to w a te r a n d d u s t a re a c c e le ra te d te s ts a n d d o n o t re p re s e n t a c tu a l o p e ra tin g c o n d itio n s fo r th e a s s e m b ly . T h e te s t
s im u la te s th e c o n d itio n s fo r th e a s s e m b ly o v e r its life in a s h o rt p e rio d o f tim e . In tru e life a s lo w p o llu tio n ta k e s
p la c e w h ic h is re m o v e d by re g u la r m a in te n a n c e .
The te st device fo r IPX3 and IPX4 as w ell as the type o f su pp ort fo r the e nclosu re during the
IPX4 te st shall be stated in the te st report.
The IPX1 te st m ay be ca rried out by m oving the drip box instead o f rota ting the a ssem bly. If
the d im en sion s o f the su rfa ce o f the a ssem bly to be te ste d are larger than the d im en sion s o f
the drip box, the te st shall be repeated as o ften as n ecessary to co ver all releva n t su rfa ce s of
the assem bly. Each se pa ra te te st shall ta ke 10 min.
Ingress o f w ater in the IPX1 to IPX6 tests on an a ssem bly is p erm issible only if its route of
e ntry is obviou s and the w ater is only in co nta ct w ith the e nclosu re at a location w here it w ill
not reduce the clea ra n ce and cree pa ge d istan ces. If clea ra n ces and creepage d ista n ce s are
reduced, they shall not be below the m inim um sp ecified in T ab le 1 and T ab le 2, resp ective ly.
The IP5X te st is deem ed to be a fa ilu re if d ust is v isib le on cree pa ge paths housed w ithin the
enclosure and cree pa ge distan ces are reduced below the m inim um sp ecified in T able 2, see
IEC 60529:1989, 13.5.2.
It shall be ve rified that the clea ra n ces and cree pa ge distan ces com ply w ith the requirem ents
o f 8.3.
10.5.1 General
The e ffe ctive n e ss o f the earth co n tin u ity and the p ro te ctive c irc u it is v e rifie d fo r the follow ing
functions:
1) p ro tectio n a ga in st the co nse qu en ces o f a fa u lt w ith in the class I a ssem bly (in te rn al fa u lts)
as outline d in 10.5.2; and
2) p ro tectio n a ga in st the consequences o f fa u lts in e xternal c ircu its supplied th ro ug h the
a ssem bly (exte rna l fa u lts) as outline d in 10.5.3.
10.5.2 Effective earth continuity between the e xp o se d -c o n du c tive -p a rts of the class I
a ssem b ly and the p rotective circuit
It shall be ve rified th a t the d iffe re n t e x p o s e d -co n d u ctive -p a rts o f the a ssem bly are e ffe ctive ly
connected to the te rm ina l fo r the incom ing e xterna l p ro te ctive conductor.
V e rifica tio n shall be m ade using a resista n ce -m e a su rin g instru m e nt th a t is ca pa ble o f driving
a cu rre n t o f at least 10 A (AC o r DC). The c u rre n t is passed betw een each exposed-
co n d u ctive -p a rt and the te rm ina l fo r the e xternal p ro te ctive co nd ucto r. The resista nce shall
not exceed 0,1 Cl.
10.5.3.1 General
The rated sh o rt-circu it w ithstan d strength shall be ve rified . V e rific a tio n m ay be carried out by
a com p arison to a reference d esign (s) (see 10.5.3.3 or 10.5.3.4) or w ith a te s t as deta ile d in
10.5.3.5.
The o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r shall dete rm ine the refe ren ce d esign (s) th a t w ill be used in 10.5.3.3
and 10.5.3.4.
10.5.3.2 Protective circuits that are exem pted from short-circuit withstand verification
W here a se pa ra te p ro tective co n d u cto r is provided in a ccorda nce w ith 8 .4.3.2 .3 , sh o rt-c irc u it
testing is not required if one o f the co nd itio ns o f 10.11.2 is fu lfille d .
V e rifica tio n is achieved w hen the com p arison o f the a ssem bly to be v e rifie d w ith a lready
tested design s using item s 1 to 6 and 8 to 10 o f the ch e cklist given in T able 13 show s no
d eviatio ns.
To ensure the sam e cu rre n t-ca rryin g c a p a city fo r th a t portion o f the fa u lt cu rre n t that flow s
through the e xp o se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts, the design, num ber and arran ge m en t o f the parts that
p rovide co nta ct betw een the p ro tective co n d u cto r and the e x p o s e d -co n d u ctive -p a rts shall be
the sam e as in the refe ren ce design.
V e rifica tio n by com p arison w ith refe ren ce designs based on ca lcu la tio n is to be ca rried out in
accorda nce w ith 10.11.4.
To ensure the sam e cu rre n t-ca rryin g c a p a city fo r th a t portion o f the fa u lt cu rre n t that flow s
through the e xp o se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts, the design, num ber and arran ge m en t o f the parts that
p rovide co nta ct betw een the p ro tective co n d u cto r and the e x p o s e d -co n d u ctive -p a rts shall be
the sam e as in the refe ren ce design.
10.6.1 General
C om pliance w ith the design req uirem en ts o f 8.5 fo r the inco rp o ra tion o f sw itchin g devices and
com ponents sh all be co nfirm e d by the o rigin al m a n u fa ctu re r's inspection.
The p erform an ce req uirem en ts o f J.9.4 fo r e le ctro m a g n e tic c o m p a tib ility shall be confirm ed by
insp ectio n or, w here necessary, by testing (see 10.12).
C om pliance w ith the design req uirem en ts o f 8.6 fo r internal e le ctrica l c irc u its and co nn ectio ns
shall be confirm ed by the o rig in a l m a n u fa c tu re r’s inspection.
C om pliance w ith the design req uirem en ts o f 8.8 fo r te rm in a ls fo r e xternal co nd ucto rs shall be
confirm ed by the o rigin al m a n u fa ctu re r's inspection.
10.9.1 General
For th is test, all the e le ctrica l e qu ip m en t o f the a ssem bly shall be co nn ecte d , e xcept those
item s o f a pp aratus w hich, according to the releva n t s p e cifica tio n s, are designed fo r a low er
te st vo ltag e; cu rre n t-co n su m in g a pp aratus (e.g. w in d in g s, m easuring instrum ents, voltage
surge su pp re ssion d evices) in w hich the a p p lica tio n o f the te st v o lta g e w ould cause the flow
o f a cu rren t, shall be disco nn ected . Such a pp aratus shall be d isco nn ected at one o f th e ir
te rm ina ls unless th ey are not designed to w ithstan d the fu ll te st voltage, in w hich case all
te rm ina ls m ay be disco nn ected .
For test vo ltag e to le ra n ce s and the se le ctio n o f te st e quipm ent, see IEC 61180:2016.
M ain circu its and a u xilia ry circu its th a t are co nn ecte d to the m ain c irc u it shall be su bjected to
the te st vo ltag e according to T able 8.
A u xilia ry circu its, w h e th e r AC o r DC, th a t are not co nn ecte d to the m ain c irc u it shall be
su bjected to the te st vo ltag e according to Table 9. This te st is not ca rried out on a uxilia ry
circu its:
- w hich contain only insulated co nd ucto rs w ith the a pp ro priate insu latio n stren gth as stated
by th e ir m a n ufa ctu re rs; and
- w hich are protected by sh o rt-c irc u it p ro tective devices w ith the rating not e xceeding 16 A;
and
- if an e le ctrica l fu n ctio n te st has been carried o u t p re vio u sly at the rated o pe ra tion al
voltage fo r w hich the a u xilia ry circ u its are designed.
C ircu its fo r DC a p p lica tio n s shall be tested w ith AC or DC te st vo ltag es co rresp on din g to the
rated insu latio n vo ltag e Ur
W here an AC te st vo ltag e is used, it shall have a s u b s ta n tia lly sinu soid al w aveform and a
fre q u e n cy equal to the rated fre q u e n cy o f the a ssem bly w ith a to le ra n ce o f ±25 %. A DC test
vo ltag e shall have n eg lig ib le ripple.
The h ig h-vo ltag e source used fo r the te st shall be so designed that, when the o utp ut te rm ina ls
are s h o rt-circu ite d a fte r the o utp ut vo ltag e has been adjusted to the a p p ro p ria te te st voltage,
the output cu rre n t is su ffic ie n t to trip the o v e rcu rre n t relay and it is g re a te r than 100 mA.
The o ve rcu rre n t relay shall not trip when the o utp ut cu rren t is less than 100 mA.
The value o f the te st vo ltag e shall be that specified in Table 8 o r Table 9 as a pp ro priate w ith a
perm itted to le ra n ce o f ±3 %.
The te st vo ltag e at the m om ent o f a p p lica tio n shall not exceed 50 % o f the fu ll te st value. It
a) betw een all live parts o f the m ain c irc u it co nn ecte d to g e th e r (in clud ing the a uxilia ry
circu its connected to the main c irc u it) and e x p o se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts, w ith the main
co nta cts o f all sw itchin g devices in the closed position or bridged by a su ita b le low
resista nce link;
b) betw een each live part o f d iffe re n t pote ntia l o f the m ain c irc u it and, the o the r live parts o f
d iffe re n t p ote ntia l and e xp o se d -c o n d u c tiv e -p a rts connected together, w ith the main
co nta cts o f all sw itchin g devices in the closed position or bridged by a su ita b le low
resista nce link;
c) betw een each a u xilia ry circu it not norm a lly connected to the m ain c irc u it and the
- m ain circu it;
- o th e r circu its;
- e xpo se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts.
The o ve rcu rre n t relay shall not ope ra te and there shall be no d is ru p tiv e discharge (see 3.6.17)
during the tests.
10.9.3.1 General
The im pulse voltage g en e ra to r shall be adjusted to the required im pulse vo ltag e w ith the
a ssem bly co nn ecte d . The value o f the test vo ltag e shall be th a t sp ecified in 9.1.3. The
to le ra n ce o f the applied peak vo ltag e shall be ±3 %. W hen the m an ufa ctu re r agrees, the
p ositive to leran ce o f the te st vo ltag e m ay be exceeded.
A u xilia ry circu its not connected to m ain c ircu its shall be connected to the earth fo r the tests a)
and b) below . The 1,2/50 ps im pulse vo ltag e shall be a pplied to the a ssem bly five tim es for
each p olarity at intervals o f 1 s m inim um as fo llo w s:
a) betw een all the live parts o f d iffe re n t pote ntia l o f the m ain c irc u it connected to ge th er
(including the a u xilia ry circu its connected to the m ain c irc u it) and e xpo sed -co nd u ctive-
parts, w ith the m ain co nta cts o f all sw itchin g devices in the closed position or bridged by a
suitab le low -re sista n ce link;
b) betw een each live part o f d iffe re n t potential o f the m ain c irc u it and the o the r live parts o f
d iffe re n t pote ntia l and e xp o se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts connected to ge th er, w ith the main
co nta cts o f all sw itchin g devices in the closed position or bridged by a su ita b le low-
resista nce link;
c) betw een each a u xilia ry circu it not norm a lly connected to the m ain c irc u it and the
- m ain circu it;
- o th e r circu its;
- e xpo se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts.
- w hich contain only insulated co nd ucto rs w ith the a pp ro priate insu latio n strength as stated
by th e ir m a n ufa ctu re rs; and
- w hich are protected by s h o rt-c irc u it p ro tective devices w ith a rating not e xceeding 16 A;
and
- if an e le ctrica l fu n ctio n te st has been m ade pre vio u sly at the rated o pe ra tion al vo ltag e for
w hich the a u xilia ry circu its are designed.
For an accep tab le result, th ere shall be no d is ru p tiv e d isch arg e during the im pulse voltage
tests.
Som e co n d u cto r a rrangem ents retain a co n sid e ra b le charge a fte r an im pulse test, and fo r
these cases care should be taken w hen reve rsin g the p olarity. To allow the a rra n g e m e n t to
d isch arg e, the use o f a p p ro p ria te m ethods, such as the a pp lica tion o f th re e im pulses at about
80 % o f the te st vo ltag e in the reve rse p olarity before the test, is recom m ended.
The te st vo ltag e shall have a su b sta n tia lly sinu soid al w aveform a t the rated freq ue n cy w ith a
to le ra n ce o f ± 25 %.
The h ig h-vo ltag e so urce used fo r the te st shall be so designed that, w hen the o utp ut te rm ina ls
are s h o rt-circu ite d a fte r the o utp ut vo ltag e has been adjusted to the a pp ro priate te st voltage,
the o u tp u t cu rre n t is s u ffic ie n t to trip the o v e rcu rre n t relay and it is g re a te r than 100 mA.
The o ve rcu rre n t relay shall not trip when the o utp ut cu rre n t is less than 100 mA.
The value o f the te st vo ltag e shall be th a t sp ecified in 9.1.3 and T able 10 as a p p ro p ria te with
a perm itted to leran ce o f ± 3 %.
For an a ccep tab le result, the o vercurre n t relay shall not ope ra te and th ere shall be no
d isru p tive d isch arg e during the tests.
The h ig h-vo ltag e so urce used fo r the te st shall be so designed that, when the o utp ut te rm ina ls
are s h o rt-circu ite d a fte r the o utp ut vo ltag e has been adjusted to the a p p ro p ria te te s t voltage,
the o u tp u t cu rren t is su ffic ie n t to trip the o v e rcu rre n t relay and it is g re a te r than 100 mA.
The o vercurre n t relay shall not trip when the o utp ut cu rren t is less than 100 mA.
The value o f the te st vo ltag e shall be th a t sp ecified in 9.1.3 and T able 10 as a p p ro p ria te w ith
a perm itted to leran ce o f ± 3 %.
It shall be a pplied to the a ssem bly in the m anner described in 10.9.3.2 a) and b) above.
For an a ccep tab le result the o ve rcu rre n t relay shall not ope ra te and th ere shall be no
d isru p tive d isch arg e during the tests.
C learances sh all be ve rifie d by m easurem ent, o r v e rific a tio n o f m easurem ents on design
draw ings, e m ploying the m ea surem e nt m ethods stated in A nnex F. The clea ra n ces shall be at
le a st 1,5 tim es the va lu es sp ecified in T able 1.
It shall be ve rified by assessm ent o f the device m a n u fa c tu re r’s data th a t all inco rp o ra ted
devices are suitab le fo r the sp ecified rated im pulse w ithstan d vo ltag e (C/imp).
For a ssem blies w ith e nclosu res m ade o f insu latin g m aterial, an add itio na l d ie le c tric te st shall
be ca rried out by a pplying an AC te st vo ltag e betw een a m etal fo il laid on the o utsid e o f the
enclosure o ver ope ning s and jo in ts , and the intercon ne cte d live and e xpo se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts
w ithin the a ssem bly located next to the o pe ning s and jo in ts . For th is add itio na l te st, the test
vo ltag e shall be equal to 1,5 tim es the values indicated in Table 8.
In the case o f h andles m ade o f or covered by insu latin g m ate ria l, a p o w er-fre q ue ncy
w ithstan d voltage test shall be ca rried out by a pplying a test vo ltag e equal to 1,5 tim es the
te st vo ltag e indicated in T able 8 betw een the live parts and a m etal foil w rapped round the
w hole surface o f the re p re se n ta tive handle. D uring this test, the e xp o se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts
shall not be earthed or co nn ecte d to any o th e r circu it.
10.9.6 Testing of conductors and hazardous live parts covered by insulating material
to provide protection against electric shock
C on du cto rs and hazardous live p arts covered by insu latin g m aterial in d irect co nta ct w ith the
co nd ucto r so as to provide p ro tectio n a ga in st e le c tric shock, e xcluding those pre vio u sly
ve rified to th e ir own p ro du ct standard (e.g. cables), shall be su bjected to an add itio na l
d ie le c tric te st. T his te st shall be carried out by a pplying an AC te s t voltage betw een a m etal
fo il laid on the o utsid e o f the co n d u cto r insu latio n inclu ding o pe ning s and jo in ts in the
insu latio n, and the intercon ne cte d co nd uctive parts w ith in the insu latio n. For this add itio na l
test, the te st voltage shall be equal to 1,5 tim es the values indicated in Table 8.
10.10 T em perature-rise
10.10.1 General
It sh all be ve rifie d th a t the te m p e ra tu re -rise lim its specified in 9.2 fo r the d iffe re n t parts o f the
a ssem bly or a ssem bly system w ill not be exceeded.
V e rifica tio n shall be m ade w ith one or m ore o f the fo llo w in g m ethods (see A nnex L for
guidance):
a) testing (10.10.2);
b) com p arison w ith a reference design (1 0 .10 .3 );
c) a ssessm en t (ca lcu la tio n ) (10.10.4).
The cu rre n t-ca rryin g ca p a city o f the c irc u its to be ve rified is d eterm ined by;
For a ssem blies inco rp o ra ting pow er fa c to r co rre ctio n banks, v e rific a tio n o f te m p e ra tu re -rise
shall m eet the a dd itio n a l req uirem en ts o f IEC 61921:2017.
10.10.2.1 General
a) If the a ssem bly system to be ve rified co m p rise s a n um ber o f va ria n ts, the m ost onerous
a rran ge m en t(s) fo r the a ssem bly system shall be selected a ccordin g to 10.10.2.2.
b) The a ssem bly va ria n t(s) selected shall be ve rified by one o f the fo llo w in g m ethods
(see A nnex L):
1) co nside rin g ind ivid ua l fu n ctio n a l units, the m ain and d is trib u tio n busbars and the
a ssem bly c o lle ctive ly according to 10.10.2.3.5;
2) co nside rin g ind ivid ua l fu n ctio n a l units s e pa ra te ly, and the co m p le te a ssem bly including
the m ain and d istrib u tio n busbars according to 10.10.2.3.6;
3) co nside rin g ind ivid ua l fu n ctio n a l units and the m ain and d is trib u tio n b usbars se pa ra te ly
as w ell as the com p le te a ssem bly according to 10.10.2.3.7.
c) W hen the a ssem bly v a ria n t(s) tested are the m ost o nerous va ria n ts o f an a ssem bly
system , then the te st resu lts can be used to e stab lish the ratin gs o f s im ila r va rian ts
w ith o u t fu rth e r testing. C om parison rules fo r such d e riv a tio n s are given in 10.10.3.
10.10.2.2.1 General
The te st shall be m ade on one or m ore re p re se n ta tive a rran ge m en ts loaded w ith one or more
rep re sen ta tive load co m b in a tion s chosen to d ete rm ine w ith re a son ab le accuracy the
m axim um te m p e ra tu re -rise u nder norm al ope ra ting and insta lla tio n co nd itio ns. The selection
o f the re p re se n ta tive a rran ge m en ts to be tested is given in 1 0.10.2.2.2 and 1 0.10.2.2.3 and is
the re sp o n sib ility o f the original m anufacturer. The o rig in a l m an ufa ctu re r shall ta ke into
co nside ratio n in the se le ction fo r te sting the c o n fig u ra tio n s to be derived from the tested
a rrangem ents a ccordin g to 10.10.3.
10.10.2.2.2 Busbars
For busbar syste m s co n sistin g o f single or m ultiple re cta n g u la r se ction s o f co nd ucto r, w here
the va ria n ts d iffe r only in the red uctio n o f one or m ore of;
- height,
- thickness,
- q u a n tity o f bars per conductor,
the busbars w ith the g re ate st cro ss-se ctio n a l area shall be se lected as the re p re sen ta tive
arran ge m en t as a m inim um fo r the test. For ra tin g s o f sm aller busbar size va ria n ts o r other
m ate ria ls, see 10.10.3.3.
If the fu n ctio n a l unit can be a rranged in d iffe re n t o rie n ta tio n s (ho rizo nta l, v e rtic a l), then the
m ost onerous arran ge m en t shall be tested.
A d d itio n a l tests m ay be m ade at the d iscre tio n o f the o rig in a l m an ufa ctu re r fo r less critica l
a rran ge m en ts and va ria n ts o f fu n ctio n a l units, if any.
10.10.2.3.1 General
In 1 0.10.2.3.5 to 10.10.2.3.7, th re e m ethods o f testing are given, w hich d iffe r in the n um ber o f
te sts needed and in the range o f a p p lic a b ility of the te st resu lts. 10.1 0.2.3 .5 pro vid e s a m eans
o f te sting a co m p le te a ssem bly w he re the group rated cu rre n t / ng is the te st result.
1 0.10.2.3.6 provides a m eans o f testing an a ssem bly w here a d d itio n a lly the rated cu rre n t 7nc
o f the outgoing circu its is d eterm ined w ith fe w e r te sts than sp ecified in 10.10.2.3.7. An
explan atio n is provided in A nnex L.
The te m p e ra tu re -rise te st on the ind ivid ua l c irc u its shall be m ade w ith the type o f cu rre n t for
w hich th ey are intended, and at the design freq ue n cy. Any co n ve n ie n t value o f the test
vo ltag e m ay be used to produce the desired cu rren t. C urren t consu m in g item s such as,
e le ctro n ic com ponents, co ils o f relays, co nta cto rs, relea se s, etc. sh all be supplied w ith th eir
rated o pe ra tion al vo ltages.
For assem blies w ith active cooling, the co oling e qu ip m en t shall be o pe ra tion al, as in norm al
service.
The a ssem bly shall be m ounted as in norm al use, w ith all covers including bottom cover
plates, etc. in place.
If the a ssem bly includes fuses, it shall be fitte d fo r the te st w ith fu s e -lin k s as sp ecified by the
m anufacturer.
D etails o f the fu se -lin ks used fo r the test, i.e. the m an ufa ctu re r's name and refe ren ce, the
rated cu rren t, the pow er loss o f the fu se-lin k, and the breaking ca pa city, shall be given in the
te st report. The type te st w ith the sp ecified fu s e -lin k s shall be deem ed to cover the use o f any
o th e r fu se -lin k having a pow er loss, at the co nve ntio na l th erm al cu rre n t o f the com bination
unit, not e xceeding the pow er loss o f the fu s e -lin k used fo r the test.
The size and the d isp o sitio n o f e xterna l co nd ucto rs used fo r the te s t shall be stated in the te st
report.
The te st shall be ca rried out fo r a tim e s u ffic ie n t fo r the te m p e ra tu re -rise to reach a co nsta nt
value. In p ra ctice, th is co nd itio n is reached w hen the va riatio n at all m easured points
(in clud ing the a m b ie n t a ir te m p e ra tu re ) does not exceed 1 K/h.
To shorten the te st, if the devices allo w it, the c u rre n t m ay be increased during the firs t part o f
the test, w ith it being reduced to the sp ecified te st cu rre n t afterw ards.
The average value o f the actual incom ing te st cu rren ts sh all be betw een 100 % and 103 % of
the intended value. Each phase shall be w ithin ±5 % o f the intended value.
T ests on an ind ivid ua l section o f the a ssem bly are accep tab le. To m ake the te st
rep re sen ta tive, the e xterna l surfaces at w hich a dd itio n a l se ction s m ay be connected shall be
th e rm a lly insulated w ith a covering to pre ven t any undue cooling.
W hen the p erform an ce o f a single fu n ctio n a l unit in one c o m p a rtm e n t is being te ste d as part
o f a com p le te a ssem bly (or part o f an a ssem bly) as required by 1 0.10.2.3.7 d) ta king into
a ccou nt the influence o f o th e r fu n c tio n a l units in th e ir own com partm ents, these other
fu n ctio n a l units can be replaced by heating re sisto rs if the rating o f each does not exceed
630 A and th e ir rating is not to be ve rifie d w ith th is test.
In a ssem blies w here th ere is a p o ss ib ility th a t add itio na l a u xilia ry c irc u its or devices m ay be
inco rp o ra ted , heating re sisto rs shall sim u late the pow er d issip a tio n o f these a dd itio n a l item s.
To reduce the te sting required to d ete rm ine the rated cu rre n t o f a c irc u it /•j a t the m axim um
p erm issible te m p e ra tu re -rise A7\,, the cu rre n t rating m ay be ca lcu late d from the actual test
cu rre n t l 2 if the m easured te m p e ra tu re -ris e AT2 o f the cu rren t ca rrying parts (e.g. busbars and
te rm in a ls) d eviates from the p erm issible value by not m ore than ±5 K, using the fo llo w in g
form ula:
[S O U R C E : C opper D eve lop m e nt A sso ciatio n; P u blica tion No. 2 2:1996 fo rm u la No. 8.)
The fo rm u la can only be a pplied if the pow er loss o f the devices and co nd ucto rs is
su b sta n tia lly p ro p o rtio n a l to I2 .
C are shall be taken to ensure th a t all o the r m easurem ent points w ill not reach th e ir m axim um
te m p era ture at th is higher cu rren t. A ny adjusted cu rre n t ratin gs shall be clea rly ide ntifie d in
the te st docu m e ntatio n by the recording o f resu lts obta ine d during the test. C are is required
w hen d ete rm inin g the num ber of points w here th is ca lcu la tio n is a pplied so as to ensure the
e ffects o f ch an ging several cu rren ts having an influ en ce on o th e r m easuring points (including
interna l a ir te m p e ra tu re ) due to the changed pow er loss.
In the absence o f detailed inform a tion co nce rn ing the e xterna l co nd ucto rs and the se rvice
co nd itio ns, the cro ss-se ctio n o f the e xternal te st co nd ucto rs shall be chosen co nsid e rin g the
rated cu rre n t o f each c irc u it as follow s:
3) For sin g le -p h a se o r m ulti-ph ase te sts, the m inim um length o f any te m p ora ry
conn ectio n to the te st supply shall be 2 m. The m inim um length to a s ta r p oint m ay be
reduced to 1,2 m w here agreed by the o rigin al m anufacturer.
c) For values o f rated cu rre n t h ig he r than 1 600 A but not e xceeding 7 000 A:
1) The co nd ucto rs shall be co p p e r bars o f the sizes stated in T able 12 unless the
a ssem bly is designed only fo r cable co nn ectio n. In th is case, the size and arran ge m en t
o f the cables shall be as specified by the o rigin al m anufacturer.
2) C opper bars shall be spaced at a p p ro xim a te ly the d istance betw een te rm in a ls. M ultiple
co p p e r bars per te rm ina l shall be spaced at a d istan ce a pp ro xim a tely equal to the bar
thickne ss. If the sizes stated fo r the bars are not su ita b le fo r the te rm in a ls o r are not
availab le , it is p erm issible to use o th e r bars having the sam e c ro ss-se ctio n a l
d im en sion s ±10 % and the sam e or sm aller cooling su rfa ces. C opper bars shall not be
interle a ved .
3) For sin g le -p h a se o r m ulti-ph ase te sts, the m inim um length o f any tem porary
conn ectio n to the te st supply shall be 3 m,but th is can be reduced to 2 m provided that
the te m p e ra tu re -rise at the supply end o f the co nn ectio n is not m ore than 5 K below
the te m p e ra tu re -rise in the m iddle o f the conn ectio n length. The m inim um length to a
star p o in t shall be 2 m.
d) For va lu es o f rated cu rre n t higher than 7 0 0 0 A:
T he o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r shall dete rm ine all re le va n t item s o f the test, such as typ e of
supply, num ber o f lines and fre q u e n c y (w here a p p lic a b le ), c ro s s-se ctio n s o f test
co nd ucto rs, etc. This inform a tion shall form part o f the te st report.
T he rm o cou ple s or th erm om ete rs shall be used fo r te m p era ture m easurem ents. For w indings,
the m ethod o f m easuring the te m p era ture by resista nce va riatio n shall g e n e ra lly be used. In
cases w here th is is not pra ctical, th e rm o co u p le s m ay be used to d ete rm ine the te m p era ture -
rise on the surface o f the coil.
The th erm om ete rs or th erm oco up le s shall be pro tected a ga in st a ir c u rre n ts and heat radiation.
The te m p era ture shall be m easured at all points w here a te m p e ra tu re -ris e lim it (see 9.2) shall
be obse rve d. P a rticu la r a tte ntio n shall be given to jo in ts in co nd ucto rs and te rm ina ls w ithin
the m ain circu its. For m ea surem e nt o f the te m p era ture o f the a ir inside an a ssem bly, several
m easuring devices shall be arranged in co n ve n ie n t places.
The a m bient a ir te m p era ture during the te st shall be betw een +10 °C and +40 °C.
The m ain circu its o f the a ssem bly shall be loaded w ith th e ir e stim ated g roup rated currents,
/ ng, (see 5 .3.3) (see A nnex L).
If the group rated cu rren t, / ng, o f the incom ing c irc u it o r d is trib u tio n busb ar system is less than
the sum o f the g roup rated cu rre n ts, / ng, o f all outgoing circ u its , then the outgoing c ircu its
shall be sp lit into te st sets co rresp on din g to the g roup rated cu rre n t o f the incom ing c irc u it or
d istrib u tio n busb ar system . The test sets shall be form ed in a m anner so th a t the highest
possible te m p e ra tu re -rise is obtained. Enough te st sets shall be form ed and tests undertaken
to include all d iffe re n t va ria n ts o f fu n c tio n a l units in at least one te st set.
W here the fu lly-lo a d e d circu its do not d istrib u te e xactly the to ta l incom ing cu rren t, the
rem aining cu rre n t shall be d istribu te d via any o the r a pp ro priate circ u it. This te s t shall be
repeated until all types o f outgoing c irc u it have been ve rified a t th e ir group rated currents.
C hange in the a rran ge m en t o f fu n c tio n a l u nits w ith in a v e rifie d a ssem bly, or section o f an
assem bly, m ay n ece ssitate a dd itio n a l tests as the th erm al influ en ce o f the a dja ce n t units may
d iffe r sign ifican tly.
10.10.2.3.6 Verification c onsidering individual functional units sep arately and the
com plete assem bly
The g roup rated cu rren ts, 7 ^ , according to 5.3.3 and the rated currents, / nc, o f the outgoing
m ain circu its a ccordin g to 5.3.2 shall be ve rified in two stages:
- The rated cu rren t, / nc, o f each c ritic a l v a ria n t o f outg oin g fu n c tio n a l u nit as d efined in
10.1 0.2.2 .3 b) shall be ve rified se p a ra te ly in a ccorda nce w ith 1 0.10.2.3.7 c).
- The a ssem bly is ve rified by loading the incom ing c irc u it and all outg oin g fu n ctio n a l units
c o lle ctive ly to th e ir e stim ated group rated cu rren ts, / ng.
If the group rated cu rren t, / ng, o f the incom ing c irc u it o r d is trib u tio n busb ar system is less than
the sum o f the cu rren ts, / ng, o f all outgoing circu its, then the outgoing c irc u its shall be s p lit
into te st sets co rresp on din g to the group rated cu rre n t o f the incom ing c irc u it or d istrib u tio n
busbar system . The te st sets shall be form ed in a m anner so th a t the h ighest possible
te m p e ra tu re -rise is o bta ine d. S u fficie n t te s t sets shall be form ed and te sts u ndertaken to
include all d iffe re n t va ria n ts o f fu nctio na l units in at least one test set.
W here the fu lly loaded circu its do not d is trib u te e xactly the to ta l incom ing current, the
rem aining cu rre n t shall be d istribu te d via any o th e r a pp ro priate circu it. T his te s t shall be
repeated until all types o f outgoing c irc u it have been ve rified a t th e ir te s t current.
C hange in the a rran ge m en t o f fu n c tio n a l u nits w ith in a ve rified a ssem bly, or section o f an
assem bly, m ay n ece ssitate a dd itio n a l tests as the th erm al influ en ce o f the a dja ce n t units may
d iffe r sign ifican tly.
If / nc and / ng are ve rified , the RDF is ca lcu late d by divid in g / ng by / nc fo r the individ ua l c ircu its
being co nside red .
10.10.2.3.7 Verification c onsidering functional units and the main and distribution
busbars sep arately as well as the com plete assembly
a) M ain busbars shall be tested s e pa ra te ly. T he y shall be m ounted in the a ssem bly
e nclosu re as in norm al use w ith all covers and all p a rtitio n s th a t separate the m ain
busbars from o th e r co m p artm en ts in place. If the m ain busbar has jo in ts , then th ey shall
be included in the test. The te st shall be ca rried out at the rated cu rren t. T he te s t cu rren t
shall pass through the fu ll length o f the busbars. W here the design o f the a ssem bly
perm its, and, to m inim ize the influ en ce o f the e xternal te s t co nd ucto rs on the te m p era ture -
rise, the length o f the m ain busb ar w ith in the e nclo su re fo r the te st shall be a m inim um of
2 m and include a m inim um o f one jo in t w hen the busbars are extendable.
b) Each d istrib u tio n busbar shall be te ste d s e p a ra te ly from the outg oin g units. T hey shall be
m ounted in the e nclosu re as in norm al use w ith all covers and all p a rtitio n s th a t separate
the busbar from o th e r co m p artm en ts in place. D istrib utio n busbars shall be connected to
the m ain busbar. No o th e r co nd ucto rs (e.g. c o nn ectio ns to fu n ctio n a l u nits) shall be
connected to the d istrib u tio n busbar. In o rd er to co nside r the m ost o ne ro us co nd itio n, the
te st shall be ca rried o u t at the rated current, and the te st cu rre n t shall pass through the
fu ll length o f the d istrib u tio n busbar. If the rated cu rre n t o f the m ain busbar is higher than
the te st cu rren t, it shall be fed w ith a dd itio n a l cu rre n t so th a t it ca rrie s its rated cu rre n t to
its ju n c tio n w ith the d istrib u tio n busbar.
c) If the m an ufa ctu re r declare s / nc, the re le va n t fu n ctio n a l units sh all be te ste d ind ivid ua lly.
The fu n ctio n a l unit shall be m ounted in the e nclo su re as in norm al use w ith all covers and
all internal p a rtitio n s in place. If it can be m ounted at d iffe re n t places, the m ost
unfa vou rab le place shall be used. It shall be connected to the m ain or the d istrib u tio n
busbar as in norm al use. If the m ain busbar a n d /o r the d istrib u tio n busbar (if any) are
intended to supply o th e r circu its and they are rated fo r a h ig he r cu rren t, th ey shall be fed
w ith a dd itio n a l cu rren ts so that they ca rry th e ir individ ua l rated cu rren ts to the respective
ju n ctio n points. The te st shall be ca rried out a t the e stim ated rated cu rre n t / nc fo r the
fu n ctio n a l unit.
d) The com p le te a ssem bly shall be ve rified by te m p e ra tu re -rise testing o f the m ost onerous
a rran ge m en t(s) possible in se rvice and as defined by the o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r. For this
te st the incom ing c irc u it and each outg oin g fu n ctio n a l u nit are loaded to th e ir group rated
cu rren t / ng w here / ng is equal to / nc m ultiplie d by RDF when / nc is declare d. If the group
rated cu rre n t o f the incom ing c irc u it o r d is trib u tio n busb ar system is less than the sum o f
the te st cu rren ts o f all outg oin g c ircu its (i.e. th e ir g roup rated cu rren ts), then the outgoing
circu its shall be sp lit into te st sets co rresp on din g to the rated cu rre n t o f the incom ing
c irc u it or d istrib u tio n busbar system . If the m ain busbar a nd /or the d is trib u tio n busb ar (if
any) are rated fo r a h ig he r cu rren t, th ey shall be fed w ith add itio na l cu rren ts so as to
m aintain the rating achieved in a) and b). The te st sets shall be form ed in a m anner so
th a t the h ighest possible te m p e ra tu re -ris e is obta ine d. Enough te st sets shall be form ed
and tests u ndertaken to include all d iffe re n t va rian ts o f fu n c tio n a l units in at least one test
set.
If / nc and / ng are ve rified the RDF is ca lcu late d by divid in g / ng by / nc fo r the ind ivid ua l c ircu its
being co nside red .
The estim ated rated cu rren ts in 10.10.2.3.5, 10.10.2.3.6 and 10.10.2.3.7, as v e rifie d by te st(s),
dete rm ine the fin a l / nc a nd /or / ng, as a pp lica ble .
At the end o f the test, the te m p e ra tu re -rise shall not exceed the values sp e cifie d in T able 6.
If tests a ccordin g to 1 0.10.2.3.6 or 10.1 0.2.3 .7 have been ca rrie d out to v e rify / nc in addition
to / ng, fo r the outgoing circu its, then the rated d iv e rs ity fa c to r m ay be ca lcu late d (see 3.8.11
and 5.4).
10.10.3.1 General
The fo llo w in g subclauses define how the rated cu rren ts o f va ria n ts can be v e rifie d by
d eriva tio n from sim ila r a rrangem ents v e rifie d by testing.
T ests ca rried out at a p a rticu la r fre q u e n c y are a pp lica ble at the sam e cu rre n t rating to low er
fre q u e n cie s including DC.
T e m p e ra tu re -rise tests on the circu it(s ) ca rried out at 50 Hz are a pp lica ble to 60 Hz fo r rated
currents up to and including 800 A. In the absence o f tests at 60 Hz fo r cu rren ts above 800 A,
the rated cu rre n t at 60 Hz shall be reduced to 95 % o f th a t at 50 Hz. A lte rn a tiv e ly , w here the
m axim um te m p e ra tu re -rise at 50 Hz does not exceed 90 % o f the p erm issible value, then d e
rating fo r 60 Hz is not required.
A sse m blies ve rified by d eriva tio n from a s im ila r tested a rran ge m en t shall com ply w ith the
follow ing:
a) the fu n ctio n a l u nits shall belong to the sam e g ro up (s) as the fu n c tio n a l u nit(s) se lected fo r
te st (see 10.10.2.2.3);
b) the sam e type o f co n stru ctio n as used fo r the test;
c) the sam e or increased overall d im en sion s as used fo r the test;
d) the sam e o r increased co oling co nd itio ns as used fo r the te st (forced or natural convection,
sam e or larger ve n tila tio n openings);
e) the sam e or reduced internal separation as used fo r the te st (if any);
f) the sam e or reduced pow er losses in the sam e section as used fo r the te st.
The a ssem bly being ve rified m ay com p rise all or only part o f the e le ctrica l c irc u its o f the
a ssem bly p re vio u sly ve rified . A lte rn a tiv e a rran g e m e n t(s) o f fu n ctio n a l u nits w ith in the
a ssem bly or section com pared to the tested v a ria n t is allow ed as long as the therm al
influ en ces o f the adjace nt units are not m ore severe.
T herm al te sts perform ed on 3-phase, 3 -w ire a ssem blies are co nside red as rep re sen ting 3-
phase, 4 -w ire and sing le-ph ase , 2 -w ire or 3 -w ire a ssem blies, provided th a t the neutral
co nd ucto r is sized equal to or g re ate r than the line co nd ucto rs and arranged in the sam e
m anner.
10.10.3.3 Busbars
R atings e stab lish ed fo r a lum inium busbars are valid fo r co pp er busbars w ith the sam e cross-
sectional d im en sion s and c o n fig u ra tio n . H ow ever, ratin gs e stab lish ed fo r co pp er busbars shall
not be used to e stab lish ratin gs o f a lum inium busbars.
The ratin gs o f va ria n ts not selected fo r te st according to 1 0.10.2.2.2 shall be d eterm ined by
m ultiplyin g th e ir cro ss-se ctio n w ith the cu rren t d e n sity o f a larger cross-sectio n busbar o f the
sam e design th a t has been ve rifie d by testing.
If, a d d itio n a lly, a sm aller cross-sectio n than the one to be derived has been tested, w hich also
fu lfils the co nd itio ns o f 10.10.2.2.2, then the rating o f the interm e dia te va ria n ts m ay be
e stab lish ed by interpo latio n.
M od ifica tio n o f the conn ectio n betw een m ain and d is trib u tio n busb ar is p erm issible if the
m od ifica tio n is ve rified by a te st in w hich the te m p e ra tu re -rise in the new a rran ge m en t is not
h ig he r than in a com p arab le te st on the refe ren ce design.
A fte r the critica l va ria n t o f each group o f com p arab le fu n c tio n a l units (see 1 0.10.2.2.3 a)) has
been su bjected to a te st fo r ve rifica tio n o f te m p e ra tu re -rise , the actual rated c u rre n ts / ng, and
if dete rm ine d, / nc, o f all o th e r fu n ctio n a l u nits in the g roup shall be ca lcu late d using the results
o f these tests.
For each fu n ctio n a l unit tested, a d e-ra ting fa c to r (rated cu rren t, / nc o r / ng, resu ltin g from the
te st d ivided by the m axim um possible cu rre n t o f this fu n c tio n a l unit, see 1 0.10.2.2.3 b)) shall
be ca lcu late d.
The rated cu rren t, / nc or / ng, o f each n on-tested fu n c tio n a l unit in the range shall be the
m axim um possible cu rre n t o t the fu n c tio n a l unit m ultiplied by the d e-ra ting fa c to r e stablished
fo r the va ria n t tested in the range.
M od ifica tio n o f the conn ectio n betw een fu n c tio n a l u nit and the m ain or d istrib u tio n busb ar is
p erm issible if the m od ifica tio n is ve rified by a te st in w hich the te m p e ra tu re -ris e in the new
a rran ge m en t is not h ig he r than in a com p arab le te s t on the refe ren ce design.
A device w ith a rated cu rre n t / n not e xceeding 1 600 A m ay be su b s titu te d w ith a sim ilar
device from a no the r se ries from the sam e or a d iffe re n t device m an ufa ctu re r to th a t used in
the o rigin al ve rifica tio n , provided th a t the pow er loss and term inal te m p e ra tu re -rise o f the
su b stitu tin g device is the sam e as o r low er than the device used in the o rigin al v e rifica tio n ,
w hen both are tested in a ccorda nce w ith the d e v ice s' pro du ct standard.
A lte rn a tive ly, and w ith o u t a lim it on cu rre n t rating, w hen the o rig in a l device and the
su b stitu tin g device are from the sam e device m an ufa ctu re r, the device m an ufa ctu re r may
issue a d e cla ra tio n o f te m p e ra tu re -rise p erform an ce. The d eclara tion shall confirm th a t the
su b stitu tin g device can replace the o rigin al device w ith no fu rth e r need fo r v e rific a tio n in
respect o f te m p e ra tu re -rise . The d e cla ra tio n shall include sta te m e nts ind icatin g th a t the pow er
loss fo r the su b stitu tin g device is the sam e or low er than the o rigin al device.
In a dd itio n , fo r both the above o ptio ns the physical arran ge m en t w ithin the fu n c tio n a l unit
shall be m aintained. The rating o f a fu n c tio n a l unit shall not be increased.
The physical a rran ge m en ts shall include term inal sh ie lds, co n d u cto r type, m aterial, and
conn ectio n sizes, m ounting o rien ta tion , clea ra n ces to o th e r parts, v e n tila tio n a rran ge m en ts
and te rm in a l arrangem ent.
The p erform an ce data on te rm ina l te m p era ture s and pow er loss m ay be obtained from the
device m an ufa ctu re r o r from com p arison te sts u ndertaken by th ose resp on sible fo r the
su b stitu tio n . Any te st sh all be co nd ucte d on new sam ples.
R efer to Table D.1 fo r o th e r design c h a ra cte ristics, including s h o rt-c irc u it w ithstand
(see T able 13, Item 6), th a t require co nside ratio n w hen s u b stitu tin g devices.
O nce a te m p e ra tu re -rise te st has been carried out a pplying the te m p e ra tu re -rise lim its fo r a
d aily average a m bient a ir te m p era ture o f 35 °C, the rated currents confirm ed by testing fo r a
d aily average a m b ie n t a ir te m p era ture o f 35 °C can be adjusted by ca lcu la tio n to dete rm ine
rated cu rre n t fo r d aily average a m b ie n t a ir te m p era ture s betw een 20 °C and 50 °C, assum ing
th a t the te m p e ra tu re -rise o f each co m p on en t or device is p ro po rtio na l to the pow er loss
generated in th is com ponent.
C aution should be taken to ensure the devices being a ssessed have a pow er loss
su b sta n tia lly p ro po rtio na l to I 2 and not applied to devices th a t have s u b s ta n tia lly fixe d or
lin e a r losses. By a gree m e nt betw een the user and the m anufacturer, in a ssem blies w here the
pow er loss o f co nd ucto rs and devices is s u b s ta n tia lly p ro po rtio na l to / 2, the rated cu rre n t o f
the circu its at a m bient a ir te m p era ture s (ou tside the e nclosu re) betw een 20 °C and 50 °C may
be ca lcu late d using the fo llo w in g form ula:
[S O U R C E : C opper D eve lop m e nt A sso ciatio n; P u blica tion No. 2 2:1996 fo rm u la No. 8.]
w here
I 2 cannot exceed the rated cu rren t o f any device, (e.g. / n fo r a c irc u it-b re a ke r), w ithin the
c irc u it being co nside red , e.g. a c irc u it inclu ding a 1 600 A circ u it-b re a k e r ca nn ot be a ssigned a
cu rren t rating o f 1 750 A in an a m b ie n t a ir te m p era ture o f 20 °C.
10.10.4.1 General
The fo llo w in g ca lcu la tio n m ethods are provided, w hich have d iffe rin g ranges o f a p p lica b ility:
1) single co m p artm en t a ssem bly w ith natu ra l cooling and rated cu rre n t / nA not exceeding
630 A (10 .10 .4 .2 );
2) a ssem bly w ith natural cooling and rated cu rre n t / nA not excee ding 1 600 A (1 0 .10 .4 .3 ).
These m ethods d ete rm ine the a pp ro xim a te a ir te m p e ra tu re -rise inside the enclosure, w hich is
caused by the pow er losses o f all circu its, and co m p ares th is te m p era ture w ith the lim its for
the installed e quipm ent. The m ethods d iffe r only in the w ay the re la tio n sh ip betw een the
d elivered pow er loss and the a ir te m p e ra tu re -ris e inside the e nclosu re is a scertained.
Due to the actual local te m p era ture s o f the c u rre n t-ca rryin g parts, w hich ca n n o t be ca lcu late d
by these m ethods, som e lim its and sa fety m argins are n ecessary and included. V e rific a tio n o f
the te m p e ra tu re -rise m ay be m ade by c a lc u la tio n if all the fo llo w in g g en eral c o n d itio n s and
the a dd itio n a l co nd itio ns fo r the se lected ca lcu la tio n m ethod are fu lfille d .
N O T E 2 T h is v e rific a tio n m e th o d a s s e s s e s th e m e a n a ir te m p e ra tu re in s id e th e e n c lo s u re a s s u m in g an e v e n
d is tr ib u tio n o f th e p o w e r lo s s e s . T h e re fo re , p o te n tia l lo c a l h o t s p o ts a t th e d e v ic e s , w h ic h a re th e m a in p o w e r
lo s s s o u rc e s , c a n n o t be d e te c te d . T o p re v e n t o v e rh e a tin g o f th e d e v ic e s , th e s a fe ty m a rg in o f 80 % is
in tro d u c e d . T h is is b a s e d o n g e n e ra l te s tin g e x p e rie n c e .
f) A ll co n d u cto rs d ire ctly co nn ecte d to a device shall have a m inim um c ro ss-se ctio n a l area
based on 1 2 5 % o f the group rated current, / ng, o f the a ssociated circ u it. S electio n of
cables shall be in a ccorda nce w ith IEC 6 0 3 64 -5 -5 2 :20 09 . E xam ples o f how to a dapt th is
docu m e nt fo r co n d itio n s inside an a ssem bly are given in A nnex H. The cross-sectio n o f
bare co pp er bars shall be as tested or as given in A nnex K. W here the device
m an ufa ctu re r sp e cifie s a co n d u cto r w ith a larger c ro ss-se ctio n a l area, th is shall be used.
g) C on du cto rs ca rrying cu rren ts in e xcess o f 200 A and the a dja ce n t s tru ctu ra l parts are so
arranged th a t e dd y-cu rre n t and h ysteresis losses are m inim ized.
The e ffe ctive pow er losses o f all c irc u its inclu ding interco n n e ctin g co nd ucto rs shall be
ca lcu late d assum ing the circu its are ope ra ting at th e ir g roup rated cu rren t, / ng. The total
pow er loss o f the a ssem bly is ca lcu late d by adding the pow er losses o f the c ircu its taking
a d d itio n a lly into a ccou nt th a t the to ta l load cu rre n t is lim ited to the rated cu rre n t o f the
assem bly, / nA. The pow er losses o f the co nd ucto rs are d eterm ined by ca lcu la tio n (see
A nnex H and A nnex K).
10.10.4.2 Single c om partm en t assem bly with natural cooling and rated current ( / nA) not
exceeding 630 A
V e rifica tio n o f the te m p e ra tu re -rise may be m ade by ca lcu la tio n if all the g eneral cond itio ns
listed in 10.10.4.1 are fu lfille d , and using the fo llo w in g:
a) The a ir te m p e ra tu re -rise w ithin the e nclosu re at a given pow er loss in the e nclosu re, fo r
the a pp lica ble in sta lla tio n m ethod being co nside red (e.g. flush m ounting, surface
m ou ntin g) is:
- a va ila b le from the e nclosu re m anufacturer, or
- d eterm ined in a ccorda nce w ith 10.10.4.2.2.
b) T he total pow er loss w ithin the e nclosu re is ca lcu late d as detailed in 10.10.4.1.
The m axim um p erm issible a ir te m p e ra tu re -rise w ith in the e nclosu re is dete rm ine d by the
device w ith the low est m axim um o pe ra ting a ir te m p era ture and is taken as the m axim um
ope ra ting te m p era ture o f th a t device m inus the d aily average a m bient a ir te m p era ture
(outside the e nclosure).
W hen e le ctro n ic devices w ith integral forced v e n tila tio n are incorporated, the enclosure
shall be co nside red as having no natural ve n tila tio n , irre sp e ctive o f w h e th e r or not
openings e xist in the enclosure.
The pow er loss shall be sim ulated by m eans o f heating re sisto rs th a t produce heat equ iva len t
to the intended pow er loss ca p a b ility o f the e nclosu re. The heating re sisto rs shall be
d istrib u te d e ven ly over the h eigh t o f the e nclosu re and installed in su ita b le places inside the
enclosure.
The cro ss-se ctio n o f the leads to these re s is to rs shall be such th a t no a pp re cia b le am ount o f
h ea t is co nd ucte d aw ay from the enclosure.
The te st shall be carried out in accorda nce w ith 10.10.2.3.1 to 10.10.2.3.4 and the a ir
te m p e ra tu re -rise shall be m easured in the top o f the enclosure. E nclosure te m p era ture s shall
not exceed the va lu es given in Table 6.
10.10.4.3 A ss em bly with natural cooling and rated current ( /„ a ) not exceeding 1 600 A
V e rifica tio n o f the te m p e ra tu re -rise m ay be m ade by ca lcu la tio n in accorda nce w ith the
m ethod o f IEC TR 6 08 90 :2 01 4 pro vid ing the add itio na l req uirem en ts o f 10.10.4.1 are fu lfille d .
The a ir te m p e ra tu re -rise w ithin the a ssem bly is then dete rm ine d from the to ta l pow er loss
using the m ethod o f IEC TR 60890:2014.
The a ir te m p era ture w ith in the a ssem bly is ca lcu late d by adding th is a ir te m p e ra tu re -ris e and
the d aily average a m b ie n t a ir te m p e ra tu re o f the a ssem bly. W hen e le c tro n ic devices w ith
integral forced ve n tila tio n are incorporated, the enclosure shall be c o nside red as having no
natural ve n tila tio n , irre sp e ctive o f w h e th e r or not o pe ning s e x is t in the enclosure.
The a ssem bly is ve rified if the ca lcu late d a ir te m p era ture at the m ounting height o f any built-in
com ponent (devices, co nd ucto rs, etc.) does not exceed the p erm issible o pe ra ting a ir
te m p era ture s o f the b uilt-in co m ponents as declared by th e ir m an ufa ctu re rs.
10.11.1 General
The sh o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t ratings declared shall be ve rified e xcept w here exem pt, see 10.11.2.
V e rifica tio n m ay be m ade by com p arison w ith a refe ren ce d esign (s) (10 .11 .3 and 10.11.4) or
by te sting (10 .1 1 .5 ). For ve rifica tio n , the fo llo w in g apply.
a) If the assem bly system to be ve rified co m p rise s a num ber o f va rian ts, the m ost onerous
a rran ge m en t(s) o f the a ssem bly sh all be se lected, taking into a ccou nt the rules in 10.11.3
and 10.11.4.
b) The a ssem bly va ria n ts se lected fo r te st shall be ve rified according to 10.11.5.
c) W hen the assem blies tested are the m ost o nerous va rian ts o f the larg e r pro du ct range of
an a ssem bly system , then the te st results can be used to e stab lish the ra tin g s o f sim ilar
va rian ts w ith o u t fu rth e r te sting . R ules fo r such d e riva tio n s are given in 10.11.3 and
10.11.4.
10.11.2 Circuits of assem blies which are exem pted from the verification of the short-
circuit withstand strength
A ve rifica tio n o f the sh o rt-circu it w ithstan d strength is not required fo r the fo llo w in g:
a) a ssem blies having a rated sh o rt-tim e w ithstan d cu rre n t (see 5 .3.5) o r rated co n d itio n a l
sh o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t (see 5 .3.6) not excee ding 10 kA RMS fo r AC and 10 kA m ean average
fo r DC;
b) a ssem blies, or circu its o f a ssem blies, protected by c u rre n t-lim itin g devices having a cu t-o ff
cu rre n t not excee ding 17 kA w ith the m axim um allo w a ble prospective s h o rt-c irc u it cu rren t
a t the te rm in a ls o f the incom ing c irc u it o f the assem bly;
c) a u xilia ry circu its o f a ssem blies intended to be connected to tra n sfo rm e rs w hose rated
pow er does not exceed 10 kV A fo r a rated se con da ry vo ltag e o f not less than 110 V, or
1,6 kVA fo r a rated se con da ry vo lta g e less than 110 V, and w hose s h o rt-c irc u it im pedance
is not less than 4 %;
d) circu its protected by fre q u e n cy co n ve rte rs w here the o utputs are provided w ith e le ctro n ic
sh o rt-c irc u it p ro tectio n th a t lim its the c u t-o ff cu rre n t to not m ore than 17 kA, as declared
by the m anufacturer.
The v e rifica tio n s are undertaken by com p arison o f the a ssem bly to be v e rifie d w ith a
refe ren ce d esign (s) using the ch e cklis t provided in Table 13.
Should any ele m e n ts ide ntifie d in the c h e c k lis t not com ply w ith the req uirem en ts o f the
ch e cklist and be m arked ‘N O ’, one o f the fo llo w in g m eans o f v e rific a tio n shall be used (see
10.11.4 and 10.11.5).
A fu se link used in the refe ren ce design can be replaced by a fu se link o f a no the r m ake or
series w ith o u t any fu rth e r te sting if:
A sse ssm en t o f the rated sh o rt-tim e w ithstan d cu rre n t o f an a ssem bly and its circ u its , by
ca lcu latio n, shall be u ndertaken by a com p arison o f the assem bly to be a ssessed w ith an
a ssem bly a lre a d y ve rified by te sting . The assessm ent to ve rify the m ain c ircu its o f an
a ssem bly shall be in a ccorda nce w ith A nnex M. In add itio n, each o f the c irc u its o f the
a ssem bly to be a ssessed shall m eet the req uirem en ts o f item s 6, 8, 9 and 10 in T able 13.
The data used, ca lcu la tio n s m ade and the co m p arison u ndertaken shall be stated in the
ve rifica tio n docu m e ntatio n.
If the a ssessm en t in accorda nce w ith A nnex M does not pass or any o f th e item s listed above
are not fu lfille d , then the a ssem bly and its c ircu its shall be ve rified by te s t in accorda nce w ith
10.11.5.
The a ssem bly or its parts as nece ssary to co m p le te the te s t shall be m ounted as in norm al
use. It is su ffic ie n t to te st a single fu n ctio n a l unit if the rem aining fu n ctio n a l units are o f the
sam e co nstructio n . S im ila rly, it is su ffic ie n t to te st a sin g le busb ar co n fig u ra tio n if the
rem aining busb ar c o n fig u ra tio n s are o f the sam e co n stru ctio n . Table 13 provides c la rifica tio n
on item s not requiring a dd itio n a l tests.
If the te st circu it in co rp o ra tes fu ses, fu s e -lin k s w ith the m axim um let-through cu rre n t and, if
required, o f the type indicated by the o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r as being accep tab le, shall be used.
The supply co nd ucto rs and the sh o rt-c irc u it c o n n e ctio n s required fo r testing the a ssem bly
shall have su ffic ie n t stren gth to w ithstan d sh o rt-c irc u its and be so arranged th a t th ey do not
intro du ce any a dd itio n a l stresses on the assem bly.
U nless o the rw ise agreed, the te st c irc u it shall be connected to the inp ut te rm in a ls o f the
assem bly. Thre e-ph ase a ssem blies shall be connected on a th re e -p h a se basis.
a) fo r a ssem blies su ita b le fo r use on th re e -p h a se fo u r-w ire syste m s w ith an earthed star
point and m arked a ccordin gly, to the neutral p oint o f su pp ly o r to a s u b s ta n tia lly inductive
a rtific ia l neutral p erm itting a p ro spe ctive fa u lt cu rre n t o f at least 1 500 A;
b) fo r a ssem blies also su ita b le fo r use in thre e-p ha se th re e -w ire as w ell as on thre e-p ha se
fo u r-w ire system s and m arked a ccordin gly, to the line c o n d u c to r le a st likely to a rc to earth.
E xcept fo r assem blies a ccordin g to 8 .4.4, the conn ectio n m entioned in a) and b) shall include
a fu sib le e le m e n t co nsisting o f a copper w ire o f 0,8 mm d ia m e te r and at least 50 mm long, or
o f an e q u iva le n t fu sible e le m e n t fo r the d ete ction o f a fa u lt cu rren t. The p ro spe ctive fa u lt
cu rre n t in the fu sib le e lem ent circu it shall be 1 500 A ± 150 A, e xcept as stated in N otes 2 and
3. If necessary, a re sisto r lim iting the cu rre n t to that va lu e shall be used.
N O T E 2 T h e p ro s p e c tiv e fa u lt c u rre n t c a n be le s s th a n 1 5 0 0 A in th e c a s e o f s m a ll e q u ip m e n t, a c c o rd in g to th e
re q u ire m e n ts o f th e re le v a n t p ro d u c t s ta n d a rd , w ith a s m a lle r d ia m e te r c o p p e r w ire (s e e N o te 4 ) c o rre s p o n d in g to
th e s a m e m e ltin g tim e a s in N o te 1.
10.11.5.3.1 General
C ircu its shall be tested w ith the h ighest therm al and dyna m ic stresse s that m ay resu lt from
sh o rt-c irc u it cu rren ts up to the rated values fo r one or m ore o f the fo llo w in g co nd itio ns as
declared by th e o rigin al m anufacturer.
a) N ot d ep en de nt upon a SCPD: the a ssem bly shall be tested w ith the rated peak w ithstan d
cu rre n t and the rated sh o rt-tim e w ithstan d cu rre n t fo r the sp ecified d uratio n (see 5.3 and
9.3.2 a)).
b) D ependent upon an incom ing SCPD included w ith in the a ssem bly: the a ssem bly shall be
te ste d w ith an incom ing p ro spe ctive s h o rt-c irc u it cu rren t fo r a period o f tim e th a t is lim ited
by the incom ing SCPD.
c) D ependent upon an upstream SCPD: the a ssem bly shall be tested to the let-through
values perm itted by the upstream SC PD as defined by the o rigin al m anufacturer.
W here an incom ing or outg oin g circu it includes a SCPD that reduces the peak a nd /or d uration
of the fa u lt cu rren t, then the c irc u it shall be tested a llow ing the SCPD to ope ra te and interru pt
the fa u lt cu rre n t (see 5.3.6 rated co nd itio na l s h o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t / cc). If the SCPD co nta ins an
a djustab le sh o rt-c irc u it release, then this shall be set to the m axim um allow ed value (see
9.3.2, second paragraph).
N O T E In s o m e c a s e s , w h e re p ro te c tiv e fu n c tio n s o f th e d e v ic e ca n be d is a b le d , th is ca n re s u lt in h ig h e r p e a k
c u rre n ts an d le t th ro u g h e n e rg y .
The outg oin g te rm ina ls o f outg oin g c irc u its shall be provided w ith a bolted s h o rt-c irc u it
connection. W hen the p ro tective device in the outgoing c irc u it is a c irc u it-b re a k e r, the test
c irc u it m ay include a shun ting re sisto r in a ccorda nce w ith 9 .3.4.1 .2 b) o f IEC 6 0 9 47 -1 :2 02 0 in
p arallel w ith the re a cto r used to a d ju st the s h o rt-c irc u it current.
For circu it-b re a ke rs having a rated cu rre n t up to and inclu ding 630 A, a co nd ucto r 0,75 m in
length having a cro ss-se ctio n a l area co rresp on din g to the rated cu rre n t (see T able 11 and
Table 12) shall be included in the te s t circ u it. A t the o rigin al m a n u fa ctu re r's d iscretio n , a
sh o rte r co nn ectio n than 0,75 m m ay be used.
The sw itchin g device shall be closed and held closed in the m anner norm a lly used in se rvice.
The te st vo lta g e sh all then be applied once fo r a m agnitude and d uration as given in 10.11.5.4.
In the case o f outgoing circu its w hich do not include an SCPD, the m agnitude and d uration
shall be as sp ecified fo r the m ain busbars by the o rigin al m anufacturer. T esting o f outgoing
circu its m ay a lso resu lt in the o pe ra tion of the incom ing SCPD.
A sse m blies co nta ining m ain busbars shall be tested to prove the s h o rt-c irc u it w ithstand
strength o f the m ain busbars and the incom ing c irc u it including at least one jo in t w here the
busbars are intended to be exten da b le . The s h o rt-c irc u it shall be placed such th a t the length
o f m ain busb ar included in the te st is (2 ± 0,4) m. For the v e rific a tio n o f rated sh ort-tim e
w ithstan d cu rre n t (see 5 .3.5) and rated peak w ithstan d cu rre n t (see 5.3.4), th is d istan ce may
be increased and the te st conducted at any co n ve n ie n t vo ltag e pro vid ing the te st cu rre n t is
the rated value (see 10.11.5.4 b)). W here the design o f the a ssem bly is such that the length
o f the b usbars to be tested is less than 1,6 m and the a ssem bly is not intended to be
extended, then the com p le te length o f busb ar shall be te ste d, the s h o rt-c irc u it being
e stab lish ed at the end o f these busbars. If a set o f b usbars consists o f d iffe re n t se ction s (as
regards cro ss-se ctio n s, ce ntre line spacing o f the co nd ucto rs, type and num ber o f supports
per m etre), each section shall be tested se p a ra te ly o r c o ncu rren tly, provided th a t the above
co nd itio ns are met.
W here an a ssem bly co nta ins co nd ucto rs, including any d is trib u tio n busbars, betw een a main
busbar and the supply side o f outg oin g fu n c tio n a l units th a t do not fu lfil the req uirem en ts o f
8.6.4, one circu it o f each type shall be su bjected to an a dd itio n a l test.
A sh o rt-c irc u it is obtained by bolted c o nn ectio ns on the co nd ucto rs conn ectin g the busbars to
a sin g le outgoing unit, as near as p ra cticab le to the te rm ina ls on the busb ar side o f the
outgoing unit. The va lu e and d uratio n o f the s h o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t shall be the sam e as th a t fo r
the m ain busbars.
If a neutral co n d u cto r exists w ith in a circ u it, it shall be su bjected to one te st to prove its short-
c irc u it w ithstan d stren gth in relatio n to the nea re st line co n d u cto r o f the c irc u it under test
including any jo in ts. Line to neutral s h o rt-c irc u it c o nn ectio ns shall be a pplied as specified in
10.11.5.3.3.
U nless o the rw ise agreed betw een the o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r and the user, the value o f the te st
cu rre n t in the neutral co n d u cto r shall be at least 60 % o f the line c u rre n t during the th re e-
phase test.
The te st need not be executed if the te st is intended to be m ade w ith a cu rre n t o f 60 % o f the
line cu rren t and if the neutral co n d u cto r is:
If a 4 -p ole busbar system is se ctioned by a th re e pole device, the sh o rt-tim e w ithstan d cu rren t
te st including the neu tra l need not be executed if the te s t is intended to be m ade w ith a
cu rren t o f 60 % o f the line cu rre n t and:
The m id -p o in t co n d u cto r shall be su bjected to one te st to prove its s h o rt-c irc u it w ithstan d
strength in relation to the line co n d u cto r o f the c irc u it u nder te st including any jo in ts . M id -po in t
to line s h o rt-c irc u it co nn ectio ns shall be applied as specified in 10.11.5.3.3.
U nless o th e rw ise agreed betw een the o rigin al m an ufa ctu re r and the user, the va lu e o f the te st
cu rre n t in the m id -po in t co n d u cto r shall be 100 % o f the line to line te s t current.
The te st need not be executed if the m id -po in t c o n d u c to r is not position ed betw een the line
co nd ucto rs if the fo llo w in g are fu lfille d :
In the case o f a sh ort-tim e w ithstan d cu rren t, the te st need not be executed if:
For all sh o rt-c irc u it w ithstan d ratin gs, the dyna m ic and therm al stresse s shall be ve rified w ith
a p ro spe ctive cu rre n t at the su pp ly side o f the sp ecified p ro tective device, if any, equal to the
value o f the rated sh o rt-tim e w ithstan d cu rren t, rated peak w ithstan d c u rre n t or rated
co nd itio na l s h o rt-c irc u it current.
For the ve rifica tio n o f all the sh o rt-c irc u it w ithstan d ratings (see 5 .3.4 to 5 .3.6 inclu sive ), the
value o f the p ro spe ctive sh o rt-circu it cu rre n t shall be w ith in a to le ra n ce o f 0 % to +5 % at a
te st voltage equal to 1,05 tim es the rated o p e ra tio n a l vo ltag e Ue o f the circuit. The value o f
the s h o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t shall be d eterm ined from a c a lib ra tio n o scillog ram , w hich is taken w ith
the supply co nd ucto rs to the a ssem bly sh o rt-c irc u ite d by a co n n e ctio n o f neglig ib le
im pedance placed as near as possible to the inp ut supply o f the assem bly. The o scillog ram
shall show th a t there is a co n sta n t flo w o f cu rre n t such th a t it is m ea surab le a t a tim e
e qu iva len t to the ope ra tion o f the p rotective device inco rp o ra ted in the a ssem bly o r fo r the
specified d uratio n (see 9.3.2 a)).
- fo r a te st w ith AC, the RMS value o f the AC co m p on en t and the average o f cu rren ts o f all
phases in a poly-p h ase system ; or
- fo r a te st w ith DC, the m ean value in su stained co nd itio ns.
W hen m aking the tests at m axim um o p e ra tio n a l vo ltag e, the ca lib ra tion cu rre n t shall be equal
to the rated sh o rt-c irc u it cu rren t w ith a to leran ce o f 0 % to +5 %. In poly-p h ase system s, this
to leran ce a pp lie s to the average o f all line cu rren ts, w h ile each ind ivid ua l line cu rre n t may
have a to leran ce o f ±5 % o f the rated value. For AC tests, the pow er fa c to r shall be w ithin a
to leran ce o f 0,00 and -0 ,0 5 .
The peak cu rre n t and pow er fa c to r in the case o f an AC te st shall be in accorda nce w ith 9.3.3.
All te sts fo r AC a p p lica tio n s shall be carried out at the rated fre q u e n cy o f the a ssem bly w ith a
to leran ce o f ± 25 %. W ith the fo llo w in g excep tion , tests fo r DC a p p lica tio n s shall be carried
out w ith DC.
a) For a te st at the rated co nd itio na l s h o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t 7CC, w h e th e r the p ro tective devices
are in the incom ing c irc u it o f the a ssem bly or else w he re , the te st vo ltag e shall be applied
fo r a tim e s u fficie n tly long to enable the s h o rt-c irc u it p ro te ctive d e vice s to ope ra te to cle a r
the fa u lt and, in any case, fo r not less than 10 cycles fo r AC and 200 ms fo r DC. The test
shall be conducted at 1,05 tim es the rated o p e ra tio n a l vo ltag e w ith p ro spe ctive short-
circu it currents, at the supply side o f the sp ecified p rotective device, equal to the va lu e o f
the rated co n d itio n a l s h o rt-c irc u it current. T ests at low e r vo ltag es are not perm itted.
b) For a te st at the rated sh o rt-tim e w ithstan d c u rre n t and at the rated peak w ithstan d current,
the dyna m ic and th erm al stresse s shall be v e rifie d w ith a p ro spe ctive c u rre n t equal to the
value o f rated sh o rt-tim e w ithstan d cu rre n t and rated peak w ithstand cu rre n t declare d. The
current shall be a pplied fo r the specified tim e during w hich the RMS value o f its AC
com ponent in the case o f a te st w ith AC, or the DC value in the case o f a te s t w ith DC,
shall rem ain constant.
In the e ve n t o f d iffic u ltie s in carrying out the sh ort-tim e or peak w ithstan d tests at the
m axim um o pe ra tion al vo ltag e w ith the te s t sta tion , the te sts according to 10.11.5.3.3,
1 0.11.5.3.4 and 1 0.11.5.3.5 m ay be carried out at any co n ve n ie n t vo ltag e w ith the original
m a n u fa ctu re r’s a greem ent, the actual te st cu rre n t being in th is case equal to the rated short-
tim e cu rre n t or peak w ithstan d cu rren t. This shall be stated in the te st report. If, how ever, any
m om entary co nta ct se pa ra tion occurs in a co nta ct arran ge m en t (e.g. w ithin a sw itchin g device
or a plug-in co nta ct), during the test, the te st shall be repeated at the m axim um ope ra tion al
voltage.
If necessary, due to te st lim ita tio n s, a d iffe re n t te s t period is p erm issible; in such a case, the
te st cu rre n t should be m odified in accorda nce w ith the fo rm u la I 2t = co nsta nt, provided that
the peak value does not exceed the rated peak w ithstan d cu rre n t w ith o u t the original
m an ufa ctu re r's co nse nt and that the RMS va lu e in the case o f a te st w ith AC, or DC value in
the case o f a te st w ith DC, o f the sh o rt-tim e cu rre n t is not less than the rated value in at least
one phase fo r at least 0,1 s a fte r cu rre n t initia tion .
The peak cu rre n t w ithstan d te st and the sh o rt-tim e cu rre n t te s t m ay be se parated. In th is case,
the tim e during w hich the sh o rt-c irc u it is a pplied fo r the peak c u rre n t w ithstan d te s t shall be
such th a t the value I 2t is not larger than the e qu iva len t value fo r the sh o rt-tim e cu rre n t test,
but it shall be not less than 60 ms.
W here the required te st cu rre n t in each phase ca nn ot be achieved, the positive to leran ce may
be exceeded w ith the a gree m e nt o f the o rig in a l m anufacturer.
A fte r the te st, d efo rm a tion o f busbars and co nd ucto rs is a ccep tab le provided th a t the
clea ra n ces and creepage distan ces sp ecified in 8.3 are s till com plied w ith. In case o f any
doubt, clea ra n ces and cree pa ge d ista n ce s shall be m easured (see 10.4).
The c h a ra cte ristics o f the insu latio n shall rem ain such th a t the m echanical and d ie le c tric
p ro pe rtie s o f the e qu ip m en t sa tisfy the req uirem en ts o f the re le va n t a ssem bly standard. A
busb ar su pp ort o r cable re stra in t shall not have separated into tw o or m ore pieces. A lso, there
shall be no cracks appearing on o pp osite sides o f a su pp ort and no cracks, including surface
cracks, running the fu ll length or w idth o f the support. In case o f any d ou bt th a t the insu latio n
p ro pe rtie s o f the a ssem bly are not m aintained, an a d d itio n a l pow er fre q u e n cy te st at two
tim es Ue w ith a m inim um o f 1 000 V sh all be perform ed in a ccorda nce w ith 10.9.2.
T here shall be no loosening o f parts used fo r the conn ectio n o f co nd ucto rs and the
co nd ucto rs shall not se pa ra te from the outgoing te rm ina ls.
D istortion o f the busbars or supporting stru ctu re o f the a ssem bly th a t im pairs its norm al use
shall be deem ed a fa ilu re .
Any d isto rtio n o f the busbars or su pp orting stru ctu re o f the a ssem bly th a t im pairs norm al
inse rtio n or rem oval o f the rem ovable parts shall be deem ed a fa ilu re .
D eform ation o f the e nclosu re or o f the internal p a rtition s, barrie rs and o bsta cle s due to the
sh o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t is p erm issible to the e xten t that the degree o f p ro tectio n is not a pp aren tly
im paired and the clea ra n ces or cree pa ge d ista n ce s are not reduced to values th a t are less
than those sp e cifie d in 8.3.
A d d itio n a lly, a fte r the tests o f 10.11.5.3 in c o rp o ra ting s h o rt-c irc u it p ro tective devices, the
tested e quipm ent shall be capable o f w ith sta n d in g the p ow er-fre q ue ncy w ithstan d vo ltag e test
o f 10.9.2 at a vo ltag e va lu e fo r the "a fte r-te s t” co ndition prescribed in the re le va n t sh o rt-c irc u it
p ro te ctive device standard fo r the a pp ro priate s h o rt-c irc u it test, as fo llo w s:
a) betw een all live parts and the e x p o s e d -co n d u ctive -p a rts o f the assem bly, and
b) betw een each pole and all o th e r poles connected to the e xp o se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts o f the
assem bly.
If tests a) and b) above are conducted, they shall be ca rried out w ith any fu ses replaced and
w ith any sw itchin g device closed.
In case of any doubt, it shall be checked th a t the e qu ip m en t inco rp o ra ted in the a ssem bly is in
a co ndition as prescribed in the re le va n t pro du ct standards a nd /or d evice m a n u fa c tu re r’s
inform a tion , e.g. can be m anually opened and closed. The fu s ib le e le m e n t (see 10.11.5.2), if
any, shall not ind icate a fa u lt cu rren t. T here shall be n e ith e r arcing nor fla s h o v e r betw een
poles o f the p ro te ctive device, o r betw een poles and enclosure.
10.11.5.6.1 General
A sin g le -p h a se te st supply shall be co nn ecte d to the incom ing te rm ina l o f one phase and to
the te rm ina l fo r the incom ing p ro te ctive conductor. W hen the a ssem bly is provided w ith a
separate p ro te ctive conductor, the nea re st line co n d u cto r shall be used. W here the a ssem bly
is e xten da b le , the p ro te ctive c irc u it tested shall include at le a st one jo in t. For each
rep re sen ta tive outgoing unit, a se pa ra te te s t shall be carried out w ith a bolted sh o rt-c irc u it
conn ectio n betw een the co rresp on din g outg oin g phase te rm in a l o f the unit and the term inal
fo r the releva n t outg oin g p ro te ctive conductor.
Each outgoing unit on te st shall be fitte d w ith its intended p ro tective device. W here a lte rn a tive
p ro te ctive devices can be inco rp o ra ted in the outg oin g unit, the p ro te ctive device w hich lets
through the m axim um values o f peak cu rre n t and I 2t shall be used.
For th is te st, the fram e o f the a ssem bly shall be insulated from the earth. The te st voltage
shall be equal to 1,05 tim es the sin g le -p h a se value o f the rated o pe ra tion al voltage. U nless
o th e rw ise agreed betw een the o rig in a l m an ufa ctu re r and the user, the value o f the te st current
in the p ro te ctive co n d u cto r shall be at least 60 % o f the line cu rre n t during the th re e-p ha se
te st o f the assem bly.
The co n tin u ity and the sh o rt-c irc u it w ithstan d strength o f the p ro tective circuit, w h e th e r it
consists o f a separate co n d u cto r o r the fram e o r e nclosu re o f the assem bly, shall not be
sig n ifica n tly im paired. B esides visual inspection, th is m ay be ve rified by m easurem ents w ith a
cu rre n t o f the o rd er o f the rated cu rre n t o f the re le va n t outgoing unit. The earth co n tin u ity
betw een the e xp o se d -co n d u ctive -p a rts o f a class I a ssem bly and the p ro tective c irc u it shall
rem ain e ffe ctive . If in doubt, m easurem ents according to 10.5.2 shall be ca rried out.
D eform ation o f the e nclo su re or o f the internal p a rtition s, barrie rs and o bsta cle s due to the
sh o rt-c irc u it cu rre n t is p erm issible to the e xten t th a t the degree o f p ro tectio n is not a pp aren tly
im paired and the clea ra n ces or cree pa ge distan ces are not reduced to values th a t are less
than those sp e cifie d in 8.3.
W here the fram e or e nclosu re o f the a ssem bly is used as a p ro tective conductor, sparks and
localized heating at jo in ts are perm itted, provided th ey do not im p air the e le c tric a l co n tin u ity
and provided th a t a dja ce n t fla m m ab le parts are not ignited.
N O T E A c o m p a ris o n o f th e re s is ta n c e s m e a s u re d b e fo re an d a fte r th e te s t, b e tw e e n th e te rm in a l fo r th e in c o m in g
p ro te c tiv e c o n d u c to r an d th e te rm in a l fo r th e re le v a n t o u tg o in g p ro te c tiv e c o n d u c to r, g iv e s an in d ic a tio n o f
c o n fo rm ity w ith th is c o n d itio n .
11 Routine verification
11.1 General
U nder the re sp o n sib ility o f the a ssem bly m anufacturer, all rou tine v e rific a tio n including testing,
insta lla tio n and co m m issio nin g shall be ca rried out or supervised by a co m p e te n t person.
R outine ve rifica tio n is intended to d ete ct fa ults in m ate ria ls and w orkm an ship and to ascertain
proper fu n ctio n in g o f the m anufactured a ssem bly. It is m ade on every assem bly. The
a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r shall d ete rm ine if routine v e rific a tio n is carried out during a nd /or after
m anufacture. R outine ve rifica tio n shall confirm th a t the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu rin g instru ction s
have been adhered to.
R outine ve rifica tio n is not required to be carried out on devices and s e lf-co nta ine d
com ponents inco rp o ra ted in the a ssem bly when th ey have been se lected in a ccorda nce w ith
8.5.3 and installed in accorda nce w ith 8.5.4.
c) C on firm a tion that docum ents that are intended to be su pplied w ith the a ssem bly are
provided and include those required in 6.2.1.
11.2 Degree of protection against contact with hazardous live parts, ingress of solid
foreign bodies and w ater of enclosures
A visual insp ectio n is nece ssary to co nfirm th a t the a ssem bly m eets the prescribed m easures
to achieve the d esign ated degree o f p rotection.
- less than the values given in Table 1, an im pulse vo ltag e w ithstan d te st in accorda nce
w ith 10.9.3 shall be ca rried out;
- not e vid en t by visual insp ectio n to be larger than the values given in T able 1 (see
10.9.3.5), ve rifica tio n shall be by physical m easurem ent o r by an im pulse voltage
w ithstan d te st in accorda nce w ith 10.9.3;
- e vid e n tly larg e r by visual insp ectio n than the va lu es given in T able 1, v e rific a tio n m ay be
carried out only by visual inspection.
The prescribed p ro tective m easures w ith regard to basic p rotection and fa u lt p rotection
(see 8.4.2 and 8 .4.3) shall be subject to a visual insp ectio n.
The p ro tective circu its shall be checked by insp ectio n to ascertain th a t the m easures
prescribed in the m a n u fa ctu re r’s instru ction s are adhered to and ve rifie d . W hen it is not
obvious by inspection th a t the earth c o n tin u ity o f the p ro tective c irc u its m eets the req uirem en t
o f 8 .4.3.2 , a co n tin u ity te st according to 10.5.2 shall be m ade.
S crew ed and bolted co nn ectio ns shall be checked fo r the c o rre c t tig h tn e ss on a random basis.
The insta lla tio n and ide n tifica tio n o f b uilt-in co m ponents shall be in a ccorda nce w ith the
a sse m b ly’s m an ufa ctu rin g instru ction s.
The co nn ectio ns, e sp e cia lly screw ed and bolted conn ectio ns, shall be checked fo r the co rrect
tig htn ess on a random basis.
C on du cto rs shall be checked in accorda nce w ith the a s s e m b ly ’s m an ufa ctu rin g instru ction s.
The num ber, typ e and id e n tifica tio n o f te rm in a ls shall be checked in a ccorda nce w ith the
a sse m b ly’s m an ufa ctu rin g instru ction s.
The e ffe ctive n e ss o f m echanical actua ting elem ents, inte rlo cks and locks, including those
a ssociated w ith rem ovable parts, shall be checked.
W here a d e vice ’s operating handle is used to ind icate the sw itchin g position o f the device,
and it deta che s from the device w hen the door is open, it shall be confirm ed that, when the
door is closed, the handle pro vid e s positive and u nam biguous ind icatio n o f the d e vice 's open
and closed positions.
A p o w er-fre q ue ncy w ithstan d te st shall be perform ed on all c irc u its in a ccorda nce w ith 10.9.1
and 10.9.2 but fo r a d uration o f 1 s and w ith a tripp in g cu rre n t not less than 3,5 mA.
- th a t are protected by a sh o rt-c irc u it p ro tective d evice w ith a rating not e xceeding 16 A;
- if an e le ctrica l fu n ctio n te st has been m ade p re vio u sly at the rated o pe ra tion al v o lta g e fo r
w hich the a u xilia ry circu its are designed.
As an a lte rn a tive fo r a ssem blies w ith incom ing p rotection rated up to 630 A and a rated
vo ltag e t / n not e xceeding 500 V, the v e rific a tio n o f insulation resista nce m ay be by
m easurem ent using an insu latio n m easuring device at a v o lta g e o f at le a st 500 V DC.
In this case, the te st is sa tisfa cto ry if the insu latio n resista nce betw een c irc u its and exposed-
co n d u ctive -p a rts is at le a st 1 M f}.
It sh all be ve rified th a t the inform a tion and m arking s sp ecified in C lause 6 are com plete.
D epending on the co m p le xity o f the assem bly, it may be n ecessary to insp ect the w iring and
to ca rry out an e le ctrica l fu n ctio n te st. The te st procedure and the n um ber o f tests depend on
w h e th e r or not the a ssem bly includes com p lica te d interlo cks, sequence co ntrol fa c ilitie s , etc.
By a gree m e nt betw een the user and the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r, com m un icatin g d e vice s that
are included and connected in a system w ith in the a ssem bly m ay need to be checked for
basic operation and fu n ctio n a lity.
In som e cases, it m ay be nece ssary to m ake o r repeat th is te st on site before putting the
in sta lla tio n into ope ra tion .
R a te d im p u ls e w it h s t a n d v o lta g e , i / jmp M in im u m c le a r a n c e 3
kV mm
5 2 .5 1,5
4 .0 3 .0
6.0 5 .5
8 .0 8 .0
12 .0 14.0
R a te d M in im u m c re e p a g e d is ta n c e
in s u la t io n mm
v o lta g e , V y
P o llu t io n d e g re e
1 2 3
M a te r ia l g r o u p c M a te ria l g r o u p c M a te ria l g r o u p 0
Vb A ll m a te r ia l 1 II Ilia a n d I II Ilia ll l b
g ro u p s ll l b
40 0 1.5 2 2 ,8 4 5 5,6 6 ,3 6 ,3
630 1,8 3 ,2 4 ,5 6 ,3 8 9 10 10
800 2 ,4 4 5 ,6 8 10 11 12 ,5
a
1000 3 ,2 5 7,1 10 12 ,5 14 16
1250 4 ,2 6 ,3 9 12 ,5 16 18 20
1600 5 .6 8 11 16 20 22 25
N O T E 1 T h e C T I v a lu e s in fo o tn o te c re fe r to th e v a lu e s o b ta in e d in a c c o rd a n c e w ith IE C 6 0 1 1 2 :2 0 0 3 an d
IE C 6 0 1 1 2 :2 0 0 3 /A M D 1 :2 0 0 9 , te s t s o lu tio n A , fo r th e in s u la tin g m a te ria l u se d .
- M a te ria l g ro u p II 4 0 0 s C T I < 60 0
R a te d o p e r a t io n a l M in im u m c r o s s - s e c t io n a l a re a
c u rre n t, / e o f a p r o t e c t iv e c o n d u c t o r
A mm2
/ . S 20 5 a
2 0 < / e 5 25 2 .5
25 < / < 32 4
©
32 < Ie < 63 6
6 3 < /e 10
T y p e o f c o n d u c to r R e q u ir e m e n ts
C o n d u c to rs w ith b a s ic in s u la tio n m a y o n ly be lo a d e d
s u c h th a t an o p e ra tin g te m p e ra tu re o f 80 % o f the
m a x im u m p e rm is s ib le c o n d u c to r o p e ra tin g te m p e ra tu re
is n o t e x c e e d e d .
C o n d u c to rs w ith b a s ic in s u la tio n , fo r e x a m p le c a b le s
a c c o rd in g to IE C 6 0 2 2 7 -3 :1 9 9 3 and IE C 6 0 2 2 7 -
3 :1 9 9 3 /A M D 1 :1 9 9 7 , h a v in g a d d itio n a l s e c o n d a ry
in s u la tio n , fo r e x a m p le in d iv id u a lly c o v e re d c a b le s w ith
s h rin k s le e v in g o r in d iv id u a lly ru n c a b le s in p la s tic
c o n d u its .
C o n d u c to rs in s u la te d w ith a v e ry h ig h m e c h a n ic a l
N o a d d itio n a l re q u ire m e n ts
s tre n g th m a te ria l, fo r e x a m p le E th y le n e T e tra flu o ro
E th y le n e (E T F E ) in s u la tio n , o r d o u b le -in s u la te d
c o n d u c to rs w ith an e n h a n c e d o u te r s h e a th ra te d fo r use
up to 3 kV , fo r e x a m p le c a b le s a c c o rd in g to IE C 6 0 5 0 2 .
S in g le o r m u ltic o re s h e a th e d c a b le s , fo r e x a m p le c a b le s
a c c o rd in g to IE C 6 0 2 4 5 -4 :2 0 1 1 o r IE C 6 0 2 2 7 -4 :1 9 9 2
an d IE C 6 0 2 2 7 -4 :1 9 9 2 /A M D 1 :1 9 9 7 .
Table 5 - Minim um terminal capacity for cop p e r protective con d u cto rs (PE) (8.8)
M in im u m c r o s s - s e c t io n a l a re a
C r o s s - s e c tio n a l a re a o f lin e c o n d u c t o r s , 5 o f th e c o r r e s p o n d in g p r o t e c t iv e
c o n d u c t o r (P E ), S p
mm2 mm2
S < 16 5
16 < 5 < 35 16
4 0 0 < S £ 80 0 20 0
800 < 5 5 /4
T e m p e r a tu r e - r is e
P a rts o f a s s e m b lie s
K
B u ilt-in c o m p o n e n ts a In a c c o rd a n c e w ith th e re le v a n t p ro d u c t s ta n d a rd
re q u ire m e n ts fo r th e in d iv id u a l c o m p o n e n ts or, in
a c c o rd a n c e w ith th e c o m p o n e n t m a n u fa c tu re r's
in s tr u c tio n s ’ , ta k in g in to c o n s id e ra tio n th e te m p e ra tu re in
th e a s s e m b ly
T e rm in a ls fo r e x te rn a l in s u la te d c o n d u c to rs 70b
B u s b a rs a n d c o n d u c to rs L im ite d b y f:
m e c h a n ic a l s tre n g th o f c o n d u c tin g m a te ria l9;
- p o s s ib le e ffe c t o n a d ja c e n t e q u ip m e n t;
- p e rm is s ib le te m p e ra tu re lim it o f th e in s u la tin g
m a te ria ls in c o n ta c t w ith th e c o n d u c to r;
- e ffe c t o f th e te m p e ra tu re o f th e c o n d u c to r on th e
a p p a ra tu s c o n n e c te d to it;
fo r p lu g -in c o n ta c ts , n a tu re an d s u rfa c e tre a tm e n t o f
th e c o n ta c t m a te ria l
M a n u a l o p e ra tin g m e a n s :
- o f m e ta l 15c,h
- o f in s u la tin g m a te ria l 2 5 ch
A c c e s s ib le e x te rn a l e n c lo s u re s an d c o v e rs :
- m e ta l s u rfa c e s 3 0 dh
- in s u la tin g s u rfa c e s 4 0 dh
R M S v a lu e o f th e s h o r t - c ir c u it
c u rre n t COS (p /I
kA
/S 5 0 ,7 1,5
5 < / S 10 0 ,5 1.7
50 < / 0,2 2 ,2
V V V
a F o r D C o n ly .
U t S 12 250 355
6 0 < (/, S e e T a b le 8 S e e T a b le 8
R a te d T e s t v o lta g e s a n d c o r r e s p o n d in g a lt it u d e s d u r in g te s t
im p u ls e
w ith s ta n d A C RMS
l\ 2/50* A C Pe a k a n d DC
v o lta g e ,
kV kV
u
imp
S ea S ea
kV 20 0 m 50 0 m 1 00 0 m 2000 m 20 0 m 500 m 1 00 0 m 2000 m
le v e l le v e l
4 ,0 4 ,8 4 ,8 4 .7 4 ,4 4 ,0 3,4 3 ,4 3 ,3 3,1 2 ,8
Table 11 - C o pp e r test con d u cto rs for rated currents up to 400 A inclusive (10.10.2.3.2)
R a n g e o f r a te d c u r r e n t C o n d u c to r c r o s s - s e c t io n a l a r e a b,c
A mm2 A W G /M C M
0 8 1,0 18
8 12 1,5 16
12 15 2,5 14
15 20 2,5 12
20 25 4 ,0 10
25 32 6,0 10
32 50 10 8
50 65 16 6
65 85 25 4
85 100 35 3
100 115 35 2
115 130 50 1
130 150 50 0
150 175 70 00
175 200 95 000
200 22 5 95 0000
22 5 25 0 120 25 0
25 0 27 5 150 30 0
27 5 30 0 185 35 0
T e s t c o n d u c to rs 0
R a n g e o f ra te d c u r r e n t 3 C a b le s 6 C o p p e r b a rs 6
A mm2 mm
(w id th x d e p th )
63 0 < / S 800 2 24 0 2 50 x 5
8 0 0 < / S 1 00 0 3 185 2 60 x 5
1 0 0 0 < / < 1 25 0 3 24 0 2 80 x 5
4 24 0
1 25 0 < / S 1 6 0 0 or 2 100 x 5
3 30 0
3 T h e v a lu e o f th e ra te d c u rre n t s h a ll be g re a te r th a n th e fir s t v a lu e an d le s s th a n o r e q u a l to th e s e c o n d v a lu e .
c F o r ra te d c u rre n ts h ig h e r th a n 1 6 0 0 A an d w h e n th e te rm in a ls a re d e s ig n e d to be c o n n e c te d to a c a b le
s y s te m , c a b le s in p a ra lle l, w ith a to ta l c ro s s -s e c tio n n o t e x c e e d in g th a t o f th e c o p p e r b a rs in th is ta b le , ca n
be u s e d as te s t c o n d u c to rs .
Ite m
R e q u ir e m e n ts to b e c o n s id e r e d YES NO
N o.
2 A re th e c ro s s -s e c tio n a l d im e n s io n s o f th e b u s b a rs an d c o n d u c to rs o f e a c h c irc u it o f
th e a s s e m b ly to be a s s e s s e d g re a te r th a n o r e q u a l to th o s e o f th e re fe re n c e
d e s ig n ?
4 A re th e b u s b a r an d c o n d u c to r fix in g m e a n s o f e a c h c irc u it o f th e a s s e m b ly to be
a s s e s s e d o f th e s a m e ty p e , s h a p e an d m a te ria l a n d h a v e th e s a m e o r s m a lle r
c e n tre lin e s p a c in g a lo n g th e le n g th o f th e b u s b a r an d c o n d u c to r as th e re fe re n c e
d e s ig n ?
• h a ve th e s a m e a rra n g e m e n t a s in th e re fe re n c e d e s ig n ?
7 Is th e le n g th o f u n p ro te c te d liv e c o n d u c to rs , in a c c o rd a n c e w ith 8 .6 .4 , o f e a c h n o n
p ro te c te d c irc u it o f th e a s s e m b ly to be a s s e s s e d le s s th a n o r e q u a l to th o s e o f th e
re fe re n c e d e s ig n ?
8 If th e a s s e m b ly to be a s s e s s e d in c lu d e s a n e n c lo s u re , d id th e re fe re n c e d e s ig n
in c lu d e an e n c lo s u re w h e n v e rifie d by te s t?
9 Is th e e n c lo s u re o f th e a s s e m b ly to b e a s s e s s e d o f th e s a m e d e s ig n , ty p e an d h a ve
a t le a s t th e s a m e d im e n s io n s a s th a t o f th e re fe re n c e d e s ig n ?
10 A re th e c o m p a rtm e n ts o f e a c h c irc u it o f th e a s s e m b ly to be a s s e s s e d o f th e sa m e
m e c h a n ic a l d e s ig n an d at le a s t th e s a m e d im e n s io n s as th o s e o f th e re fe re n c e
d e s ig n ?
D ia m e te r o f c o p p e r w ire P r o s p e c tiv e f a u lt c u r r e n t in th e f u s ib le e le m e n t
c ir c u it
mm A
0,1 50
0 ,2 150
0 .3 30 0
0.4 50 0
0 .5 80 0
0 .8 1500
I n d o o r in s t a lla t io n s O u t d o o r in s t a lla t io n s
E n v ir o n m e n ta l p a r a m e te r U n it
L o w e r lim it U p p e r lim it L o w e r lim it U p p e r lim it
(1 ) A m b ie n t a ir DC -5 a +40a -2 5 +40b
te m p e ra tu re
(a v e ra g e o v e r (a v e ra g e o v e r a
a p e rio d o f p e rio d o f 24 h
24 h d o e s n o t d o e s not
e x c e e d 35 °C ) e x c e e d 35 °C )
(3 ) R a te o f c h a n g e o f °C /m in 0 .5
te m p e ra tu re (a v e ra g e
o v e r a p e rio d o f 5 m in )
(5 ) C o n d e n s a tio n Y e s - m o d e ra te c o n d e n s a tio n Y es
m a y o c c a s io n a lly o c c u r d u e to
v a ria tio n s in te m p e ra tu re
(6 ) W in d -d riv e n No Yes
p re c ip ita tio n (ra in ,
s n o w , h a il, e tc .) a n d /o r
dust
3 E q u a l to C la s s A A 4 o f IE C 6 0 3 6 4 -5 -5 1 :2 0 0 5 .
b R e la tio n s h ip b e tw e e n a ir te m p e ra tu re an d h u m id ity is g iv e n in IE C 6 0 7 2 1 -3 -3 :2 0 1 9 . F ig u re A .1 .
c E q u a l to C la s s A B 4 o f IE C 6 0 3 6 4 -5 -5 1 :2 0 0 5 .
d S e e IE C 6 0 6 6 4 -1 :2 0 0 7 , T a b le A .2. F o r e q u ip m e n t to be u s e d a t h ig h e r a ltitu d e s , it is n e c e s s a ry to ta k e in to
a c c o u n t th e re d u c tio n o f th e d ie le c tric s tre n g th , th e s w itc h in g c a p a b ility o f th e d e v ic e s an d o f th e c o o lin g
e ffe c t o f th e a ir.
e E q u a l to C la s s AC 1 o f IE C 6 0 3 6 4 -5 -5 1 :2 0 0 5 .
A n n ex A
(norm ative)
Table A.1 below a pplies fo r the conn ectio n o f one co pp er cable per term inal.
S o lid o r s tr a n d e d c a b le s F le x ib le c a b le s
R a te d c u r r e n t C r o s s - s e c tio n s C r o s s - s e c tio n s
A mm2 mm2
8 1 2 ,5 0 ,7 5 2 .5
10 1 2 ,5 0 ,7 5 2 .5
13 1 2 ,5 0 ,7 5 2 .5
16 1.5 4 1 4
20 1,5 6 1 4
25 2 ,5 6 1.5 4
32 2 ,5 10 1.5 6
40 4 16 2 .5 10
63 6 25 6 16
80 10 35 10 25
100 16 50 16 35
125 25 70 25 50
160 35 95 35 70
20 0 50 120 50 95
25 0 70 150 70 120
31 5 95 24 0 95 185
If the e xterna l cables are connected d ire c tly to b uilt-in a pparatus, the c ro s s-se ctio n s indicated
in the re le va n t sp e cifica tio n s are valid.
In ca ses w here it is n ecessary to p rovide fo r ca bles o th e r than those specified in T able A.1,
special a gree m e nt shall be reached betw een the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r and the user.
A n n ex B
(norm ative)
The fo llo w in g fo rm u la shall be used to ca lcu la te the cross-sectio n o f the p ro tective co nd ucto rs
nece ssary to w ithstan d the th erm al stresse s due to cu rren ts w ith a d uratio n o f the o rd e r o f
0,2 s to 5 s.
w here
A cco un t should be taken o f the c u rre n t-lim itin g effe ct o f the c irc u it im pedances and the
lim iting ca p a b ility (Joule in te g ra l) o f the p ro tective device.
Table B.1 - Values of k for insulated protective cond u cto rs not incorporated in cables
or bare protective con d u cto rs in con tact with cable covering
I n s u la t io n o f p r o t e c t iv e c o n d u c t o r o r c a b le c o v e r in g
T h e r m o - p la s tic (P V C ) XLPE B u ty l r u b b e r
EPR
B a re c o n d u c t o r s
M a x im u m te m p e ra tu re o f 16 0 °C 2 5 0 °C 2 2 0 °C
c o n d u c to r u n d e r s h o rt-
c irc u it c u rre n t c o n d itio n s 3
F a c to r k
M a te ria l o f c o n d u c to r:
A lu m in iu m 95 116 110
S te e l 52 64 60
a T h e in itia l te m p e ra tu re o f th e c o n d u c to r is a s s u m e d to be 30 °C.
M ore detailed inform ation is to be found in IEC 6 0 3 64 -5 -5 4 :20 11 , IEC 607 24 :2 00 0 and
IEC 6 07 24 :2 00 0/A M D 1 :20 0 8.
A n n ex C
(inform ative)
Table C.1 is intended as a te m p late fo r the id e n tifica tio n o f item s nece ssary fo r the assem bly
m an ufa ctu re r w hich is to be provided by the user.
O p t io n s lis te d
D e fa u lt U ser
C h a r a c te r is tic s R e fe re n c e e in t h is
a r r a n g e m e n t3 r e q u ir e m e n t0
d o c u m e n t6
E le c tr ic a l s y s te m
I / II / III / IV
R a te d f r e q u e n c y /n (H z ) 3 .8 .1 2 , 5.5 , A c c o rd in g to lo c a l D C /5 0 H z/60 Hz
8 .5 .3 , 1 0 .1 0 .3 .1 , in s ta lla tio n
1 0 .1 1 .5 .4 c o n d itio n s
S h o r t - c ir c u it w it h s t a n d c a p a b ilit y
S C P D in th e in c o m in g fu n c tio n a l u n it 9 .3 .2 A c c o rd in g to lo c a l Y es / No
re q u ire m e n t in s ta lla tio n
c o n d itio n s
P r o te c tio n a g a in s t e le c t r ic s h o c k in a c c o r d a n c e w it h IE C 6 0 3 6 4 -4 -4 1 :2 0 0 5 a n d IE C 6 0 3 6 4 -4 -
4 1 :2 0 0 5 /A M D 1 :2 0 1 7
O p t io n s lis te d
D e fa u lt U ser
C h a r a c te r is tic s R e fe re n c e e in t h is
a r r a n g e m e n t3 r e q u ir e m e n t0
d o c u m e n t11
I n s t a lla t io n e n v ir o n m e n t
L o c a tio n ty p e 3 .5 , 8 .1 .4 , 8 .2 M a n u fa c tu re r's In d o o r / o u td o o r
s ta n d a rd ,
a c c o rd in g to
a p p lic a tio n
R e s is ta n c e to c o rro s io n 1 0 .2 .2 N o rm a l N one
In d o o r/O u td o o r
a rra n g e m e n ts
O u td o o r: - 2 5 °C
O
Tf
O
0
A m b ie n t a ir te m p e ra tu re - D a ily 7 .1 .1 , 9 .2 35 °C N one
a v e ra g e m a x im u m
O u td o o r:
100 % at
- 2 5 °C to + 2 7 °C
60 % a t 35 °C
4 6 % a t 4 0 °C
E M C e n v iro n m e n t (A o r B) 9 .4 , 1 0 .12, A /B A /B
A nnex J
S p e c ia l s e rv ic e c o n d itio n s (e .g . 7 .2 . 8 .5 .4 , 9 .3 .3 N o s p e c ia l s e rv ic e N one
v ib ra tio n , e x c e p tio n a l c o n d e n s a tio n , T a b le 7 c o n d itio n s
h e a v y p o llu tio n , c o rro s iv e e n v iro n m e n t,
s tro n g e le c tric o r m a g n e tic fie ld s ,
fu n g u s , s m a ll c re a tu re s , e x p lo s io n
h a z a rd s , h e a v y v ib ra tio n an d s h o c k s ,
e a rth q u a k e s )
O p t io n s lis te d
D e fa u lt U ser
C h a r a c te r is tic s R e fe re n c e e in t h is
a r r a n g e m e n t3 r e q u ir e m e n t0
d o c u m e n t11
I n s t a lla t io n m e th o d
E x te rn a l c o n d u c to r ty p e (s ) 8 .8 M a n u fa c tu re r's C a b le / B u s b a r
s ta n d a rd T ru n k in g
S y s te m
E x te rn a l c o n d u c to r m a te ria l 8 .8 C opper C o p p e r/
a lu m in iu m
S to r a g e a n d h a n d lin g
M a x im u m d im e n s io n s an d w e ig h t o f 6 .2 .2 , 1 0 .2 .5 M a n u fa c tu re r's N one
tra n s p o rt u n its s ta n d a rd
O p e r a tin g a r r a n g e m e n ts
M a in te n a n c e a n d u p g ra d e
c a p a b ilit ie s
O p t io n s lis te d
D e fa u lt U ser
C h a r a c te r is tic s R e fe re n c e e in t h is
a r r a n g e m e n t3 r e q u ir e m e n t0
d o c u m e n t11
C u r r e n t c a r r y in g c a p a c ity
a In s o m e c a s e s , in fo rm a tio n d e c la re d by th e a s s e m b ly m a n u fa c tu re r m a y ta k e th e p la c e o f an a g re e m e n t.
A n n ex D
(inform ative)
Design verification
Table D.1 pro vid e s a lis t o f design ve rific a tio n s to be perform ed fo r va riou s ch ara cte ristics.
V e r if ic a t io n o p t io n s a v a ila b le
N o. C h a r a c t e r is t ic t o b e v e r if ie d S u b c la u s e s C o m p a r is o n w ith
T e s tin g ® a re fe r e n c e A ssessm ent
d e s ig n
1 S tre n g th o f m a te ria l an d p a rts : 10.2
R e s is ta n c e to c o rro s io n 1 0 .2 .2 YES YES NO
P ro p e rtie s o f in s u la tin g m a te ria ls : 1 0 .2 .3
T h e rm a l s ta b ility 1 0 .2.3.1 YES YES NO
R e s is ta n c e to a b n o rm a l h e a t a n d fire
1 0 .2 .3 .2 YES YES YES
d u e to in te rn a l e le c tric e ffe c ts
R e s is ta n c e to u ltr a -v io le t (U V )
1 0 .2.4 YES YES YES
ra d ia tio n
L iftin g 1 0 .2 .5 YES YES NO
M e c h a n ic a l im p a c t (IK ) 1 0 .2 .6 YES YES NO
M a rk in g 1 0 .2 .7 YES YES NO
M e c h a n ic a l o p e ra tio n 1 0 .2 .8 YES YES NO
2 D e g re e o f p ro te c tio n o f e n c lo s u re s
10.3 YES NO YES
(IP )
3 C le a ra n c e s 10.4 YES NO NO
4 C re e p a g e d is ta n c e s 10.4 YES NO NO
5 P ro te c tio n a g a in s t e le c tric s h o c k an d
10.5
in te g rity o f p ro te c tiv e c irc u its :
E ffe c tiv e c o n tin u ity b e tw e e n th e
e x p o s e d -c o n d u c tiv e -p a rts o f a c la s s I 1 0 .5 .2 YES NO NO
a s s e m b ly an d th e p ro te c tiv e c irc u it
S h o r t-c irc u it w ith s ta n d s tre n g th o f
1 0 .5 .3 YES YES NO
th e p ro te c tiv e c irc u it
6 In c o rp o ra tio n o f s w itc h in g d e v ic e s
10.6 NO NO YES
a n d c o m p o n e n ts
7 In te rn a l e le c tric a l c irc u its and
10.7 NO NO YES
c o n n e c tio n s
8 T e rm in a ls fo r e x te rn a l c o n d u c to rs 10.8 NO NO YES
9 D ie le c tric p ro p e rtie s : 10.9
E x te rn a l o p e ra tio n h a n d le s o f
1 0 .9 .5 YES NO NO
in s u la tin g m a te ria l
C o n d u c to rs c o v e re d by in s u la tin g
m a te ria l to p ro v id e p ro te c tio n a g a in s t 1 0 .9 .6 YES NO NO
e le c tric s h o c k
10 T e m p e ra tu re -ris e lim its 10 .10 YES YES YES
11 S h o rt-c irc u it w ith s ta n d s tre n g th 10.11 YES YES NO
12 E le c tro m a g n e tic c o m p a tib ility (E M C ) 10 .12 YES NO YES
A n n ex E
(inform ative)
E.1 General
The m an ufa ctu re r m ay at th e ir d iscre tio n d eclare a rated d iv e rs ity fa c to r fo r all the outgoing
circu its o f an a ssem bly or groups o r ind ivid ua l outgoing c ircu its w ith in an a ssem bly. A nnex E
provides som e g uida nce on the subject.
All outg oin g circu its w ithin an a ssem bly are in d iv id u a lly ca pa ble o f ca rrying th e ir rated cu rre n t
/ nc co ntin uo usly, in a ccorda nce w ith 5.3.2, but the c u rre n t-ca rryin g c a p a city o f any c irc u it m ay
be influ en ced by a d ja ce n t circu its. T herm al interactio n can resu lt in heat being im ported from ,
o r exported to, circu its in close proxim ity. C ooling a ir a va ila b le to a c irc u it m ay be at a
te m p era ture w ell in excess o f the a m bient a ir te m p era ture due to the influence o f other
circu its.
In p ractice, not all outgoing circu its w ithin an a ssem bly are norm a lly required to carry rated
cu rren ts / nc co n tin u o u sly and sim u ltan e ou sly. W ithin a typ ical a pp lica tion , the type and nature
o f loads d iffe r a pp re ciab ly. Som e c ircu its w ill be rated on the basis o f inrush c u rre n ts and
in te rm itte n t or sh ort d uratio n loads. S everal c irc u its m ay be h ea vily loaded w hile o thers are
lig h tly loaded or sw itched off.
To provide a ssem blies in w hich all outgoing c irc u its can be operated a t rated c u rre n t / nc
co n tin u o u sly is th e re fo re unn ece ssary and w ould be an in e ffic ie n t use o f m ate ria ls and
resources. This d ocu m e nt reco gn izes the p ra ctical req uirem en ts o f a ssem blies through the
a ssig nm e nt o f a rated d ive rsity fa c to r as d efined in 3.8.11.
By stating a rated d ive rsity fa cto r, the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r is sp ecifying the "a vera ge "
loading co n d itio n s fo r w hich the a ssem bly is d esigned. T he rated d iv e rs ity fa c to r co nfirm s the
per unit va lu e o f rated cu rre n t 7nc to w hich outg oin g circu its, w ithin the a ssem bly can be
co n tin u o u sly and sim u lta n e o u sly loaded. In a ssem blies w here the to ta l o f the rated cu rren ts o f
the outgoing circu its ope ra ting at the rated d iv e rs ity fa c to r e xcee ds the c a p a city o f the
incom ing circu it, the d ive rsity fa cto r only a pplies to any com bination o f outgoing c irc u its used
to d istrib u te the incom ing current.
E.2.1 General
The rated d ive rsity fa c to r is specified in 5.4. For the typical a ssem bly show n in Figure E.1,
exam ples o f loading a rran ge m en ts fo r d iv e rs ity fa c to rs are given in T able E.1 and show n in
Figure E.2 and Figure E.3.
F u n c tio n a l u n it A1 B1 B2 B3 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 D1 D2 D2a D 2b D 2c D 2d
C u r r e n t (A )
R a tin g o f th e d e v ic e , / n 1600 80 0 50 0 500 63 0 200 20 0 20 0 200 500 500 100 100 100 100
E x a m p le 1 F ig u re E .2
1 55 0 510 29 2 29 2 0 129 55a 0 0 0 272c 68 68 68 68
R D F fo r th e a s s e m b ly = 0 ,6 8
E x a m p le 2 F ig u re E .3
1 55 0 45 0 258 25 8 391 129 64a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
R D F : S e c tio n B = 0 ,6 ; S e c tio n C = 0 ,6 8
114-
IEC 61439-1:2020
©IEC
2020
Copyright International Electro»chricai Ccmmsslon
Provided by IHS Msrkit under license vrth IEC
No reproduction or netwottong permitted wtftout license irom IHS No! ror Resale. 0M K '2020 18:4 9 1 3 MDT
IEC 614 39 -1 :2 02 0 © IEC 2020 -1 1 5 -
Figure E.2 show s an exam ple o f the loading o f an a ssem bly w ith a RDF o f 0,68.
IEC
A c tu a l lo a d in g is in d ic a te d by th e fig u re s in b ra c k e ts , e .g . [2 9 2 A ].
B u s b a r s e c tio n lo a d in g is in d ic a te d by th e fig u re in b ra c k e ts , e .g . [1 09 4 A ].
Figure E.2 - Exam ple 1: Table E.1 - Functional unit loading for an assembly
with a rated diversity facto r of 0,68
E.2.3 Exam ple of an a ssem b ly with RDF declared for each section
Figure E.3 show s an exam ple o f the loading o f an a ssem bly w ith R DFs o f 0,6 and 0,68 in
d iffe re n t sections.
IEC
A c tu a l lo a d in g is in d ic a te d by th e fig u re s in b ra c k e ts , e .g . [4 5 0 A ],
Figure E.3 - Exam ple 2: Table E.1 - Functional unit loading for an assembly
with a rated diversity facto r of 0,6 in Section B and 0,68 in Section C
A n n ex F
(norm ative)
The w idth X o f the g rooves sp ecified in e xam ples 1 to 11 [F igure F.1 b) to I)] b a sica lly a pplies
to all e xam ples as a fu n ctio n o f p ollution as sp e cifie d in T able F.1:
T a b le F.1 - M in im u m w id th o f g ro o v e s
M in im u m v a lu e o f w id t h X
P o llu t io n d e g re e o f g ro o v e s
mm
1 0 ,2 5
2 1,0
3 1,5
4 2 ,5
If the a ssociated clea ra n ce is less than 3 mm, the m inim um gro ove w idth m ay be reduced to
o ne -th ird o f th is clearance.
The m ethods o f m easuring cle a ra n ce s and cree pa ge distan ces are ind icate d in e xam ples
1 to 11. These e xam ples do not d iffe re n tia te betw een gaps and g rooves or betw een typ es o f
insu latio n.
F urtherm ore:
- any co rn er is assum ed to be bridged w ith an insu latin g link o f X mm w idth m oved into the
m ost unfa vou rab le position (see exam ple 3);
- w here the d istan ce across the top o f a gro ove is X mm o r m ore, a cree pa ge d istan ce is
m easured along the co n to u rs o f the g rooves (see exam ple 2);
- clea ra n ces and cree pa ge d ista n ce s m easured betw een parts m oving in relation to each
o the r are m easured w hen these parts are in th e ir m ost unfa vou rab le p ositions.
6 A n n e x F is b a s e d on IE C T R 6 0 6 6 4 - 2 -1 :2 0 1 1.
M inim um height
o f 2 mm
according to m echanical
requirem ents
F ig u r e F.1 a ) - M e a s u re m e n t o f r ib s : e x a m p le s
<A'mm
C o n d itio n : T h is c re e p a g e d is ta n c e R u le : C re e p a g e d is ta n c e an d
p a th in c lu d e s a p a ra lle l- o r c le a ra n c e s a re m e a s u re d
c o n v e rg in g -s id e d g ro o v e o f d ire c tly a c ro s s th e g ro o v e as
a n y d e p th w ith a w id th le s s shown.
th a n /V m m .
F ig u r e F.1 b ) - E x a m p le 1
iV m m
F ig u r e F.1 c ) - E x a m p le 2
■X mm
F ig u r e F.1 d ) - E x a m p le 3
F ig u r e F.1 e ) - E x a m p le 4
<X mm < X mm
C o n d itio n : T h is c re e p a g e d is ta n c e p a th in c lu d e s a n R u le : C re e p a g e d is ta n c e an d c le a ra n c e p a th s are
u n c e m e n te d jo in t w ith g ro o v e s le s s th a n th e “ lin e - o f-s ig h t" d is ta n c e s h o w n .
X m m w id e o n e a c h s id e .
F ig u r e F.1 f) - E x a m p le 5
ZX mm Z X mm
F ig u r e F.1 g ) - E x a m p le 6
C o n d itio n : T h is c re e p a g e d is ta n c e p a th in c lu d e s a n R u le : C le a ra n c e s an d c re e p a g e d is ta n c e p a th s are
u n c e m e n te d jo in t w ith a g ro o v e on o n e as s h o w n ,
s id e le s s th a n X m m w id e an d th e g ro o v e
on th e o th e r s id e e q u a l to o r m o re th a n X
m m w id e .
F ig u r e F.1 h ) - E x a m p le 7
F ig u r e F.1 i) - E x a m p le 8
C o n d itio n : G a p b e tw e e n h e ad o f s c re w a n d w a ll o f R u le : C le a ra n c e s an d c re e p a g e d is ta n c e p a th s are
re c e s s w id e e n o u g h to be ta k e n in to as s h o w n ,
a c c o u n t.
F ig u r e F.1 j ) - E x a m p le 9
C o n d itio n : G a p b e tw e e n h e ad o f s c re w an d w a ll o f R u le : M e a s u re m e n t o f c re e p a g e d is ta n c e is fro m
re c e s s to o n a rro w to b e ta k e n in to s c re w to w a ll w h e n th e d is ta n c e is e q u a l to
a c c o u n t. X mm.
F ig u r e F.1 k ) - E x a m p le 10
C le a ra n c e is th e d is ta n c e d + D C re e p a g e d is ta n c e is a ls o d + D
F ig u r e F.1 I) - E x a m p le 11
Key
A n n ex G
(norm ative)
Correlation betw een the nom inal v o ltag e of the supply system
and the rated im pulse w ithstand v o ltag e of the eq u ip m e n t ?
A nnex G is intended to give the n ecessary inform a tion co nce rn ing the ch oice o f e qu ip m en t for
use in a c irc u it w ith in an e le ctrica l system or part thereof.
Table G.1 provides e xam ples o f the co rre la tio n betw een nom inal supply system vo ltag es and
the co rresp on din g rated im pulse w ithstan d vo ltag e o f the equipm ent.
The values o f rated im pulse vo ltag e given in Table G.1 are based on 4 .3.3 o f
IEC 6 0 6 6 4 -1 :2007. F urth er inform a tion a bout criteria fo r the se le ctio n o f an a pp ro priate
o ve rvo lta g e ca te g o ry and o vervolta ge p rotection (if n ece ssary) is given in
IEC 6 0 3 64 -4 -4 4 :20 07 , IEC 6 03 64 -4 -4 4 :2 0 0 7 /A M D 1 :2 0 1 5 and
IEC 6 0 3 6 4 -4 -4 4 :2 0 0 7 /A M D 2 :2 0 18, C lause 443.
It should be recognized th a t co n tro l o f o ve rvo lta g e s w ith resp ect to the values in T able G.1
can also be achieved by co nd itio ns in the supply system such as the e xisten ce o f a suitab le
im pedance or cable feed.
• A n n e x G is b a s e d on A n n e x H o f IE C 6 0 9 4 7 -1 :2 0 2 0 .
N o m in a l v o lta g e o f th e s u p p ly s y s te m P r e fe r r e d v a lu e s o f r a te d im p u ls e w it h s t a n d v o lta g e
(£ ra te d in s u la t io n v o lta g e o f th e e q u ip m e n t) (1 ,2 /5 0 m s ) a t 2 0 0 0 m
V kV
O v e r v o lta g s c a te g o r y
M a x im u m v a lu e o f
ra te d o p e r a t io n a l IV III II I
v o lta g e to e a rth ,
IEC 2020
AC RMS O r ig in o f D is t r ib u t io n Load S p e c ia lly
o r DC
I X
in s t a lla t io n
(s e r v ic e
e n tr a n c e )
c i r c u i t le v e l (a p p lia n c e ,
e q u ip m e n t)
le v e l
p r o te c te d
le v e l
le v e l
V AC RMS AC RMS A C R M S o r DC A C R M S o r DC
12 ,5, 2 4 , 25,
50 - - 1.5 0 ,8 0,5 0 ,3 3
30, 4 2 , 48
- 123
100 6 6 /1 1 5 66 60 - 2 ,5 1.5 0 .8 0 ,5
1 2 0 /2 0 8 115. 120 2 2 0 -1 1 0 .
150 110. 120 4 2 ,5 1,5 0 ,8
1 2 7 /2 2 0 127 2 4 0 -1 2 0
2 2 0 /3 8 0 , 2 3 0 /4 0 0 2 2 0 , 23 0
300 2 4 0 /4 1 5 , 2 6 0 /4 4 0 2 4 0 . 26 0 22 0 4 4 0 -2 2 0 6 4 2 ,5 1.5
2 7 7 /4 8 0 27 7
3 4 7 /6 0 0 , 3 8 0 /6 6 0 34 7, 3 8 0 , 4 0 0
600 4 0 0 /6 9 0 , 4 1 5 /7 2 0 415, 440, 480 480 9 6 0 -4 8 0 8 6 4 2 ,5
4 8 0 /8 3 0 50 0, 5 7 7 , 60 0
66 0
1000 - 6 9 0 . 72 0 1000 - 12 8 6 4
8 3 0 , 1 00 0
A n n ex H
(inform ative)
Table H.1 and T able H.2 provide guida nce values fo r single core co pp er cable operating
cu rren ts and pow er losses under ideal c o n d itio n s w ith in an a ssem bly. The ca lcu la tio n
m ethods used to establish these values are given to ena ble values to be ca lcu late d fo r o the r
co nd itio ns.
Table H.1 - O perating current and power loss o f single-core cop p e r cables
with a p erm issible c on d u cto r tem peratu re of 70 °C
(am bient tem p e ratu re inside the assembly: 55 °C)
I I S p a c in g a t le a s t o n e
(.o u ie u i d i i i e i c i
0 1 ® ®
C o n d u c to r a r r a n g e m e n t S in g le - c o r e c a b le s in a S in g le - c o r e c a b le s , S in g le - c o r e c a b le s ,
c a b le t r u n k in g o n a t o u c h in g fre e in a ir o r s p a c e d h o r iz o n t a lly
w a ll, ru n h o r iz o n t a lly o n a p e r fo r a te d tr a y . in fre e a ir
a n d v e r t ic a lly . 6 c a b le s 0
6 o f t h e c a b le s (2 th r e e - p h a s e c i r c u it s )
(2 th r e e - p h a s e c i r c u it s ) c o n t in u o u s ly lo a d e d
c o n t in u o u s ly lo a d e d
C ro s s - R e s is ta n c e M a x. P o w e r- M ax. P o w e r- M a x. P o w e r-
s e c tio n a l of conduc o p e r a t in g lo s s e s p e r o p e r a t in g lo s s e s p e r o p e r a t in g lo s s e s p e r
a re a o f to r a t c u rre n t, c o n d u c to r , c u rre n t, c o n d u c to r , c u rre n t, c o n d u c to r ,
c o n d u c to r 2 0 °C , / max b r* / maxc P. / max d P.
R 20 a
mm2 m fi/m \ W /m A W /m A W /m
0 ,5 36 ,0 3,5 0 ,6 - - - -
0 .7 5 2 4 .5 5 .0 0 .7 - - - -
1,0 18,1 6 ,0 0 ,7 - - - -
6 3,0 8 18 1.1 23 2 ,0 36 4 .7
95 0 ,1 9 3 101 2 ,4 142 4 .7 20 8 10 ,0
30 0 0 ,0 6 0 1 301 6 .6 43 2 13 ,5
a V a lu e s fro m IE C 6 0 2 2 8 :2 0 0 4 , T a b le 2. c o lu m n 8 (s tra n d e d , p la in c o p p e r c o n d u c to rs ).
Anax “ ^30 * *1 * ^2
w here
is the red uctio n fa cto r fo r a ir te m p era ture inside the e nclosu re around the co nd ucto rs
(IEC 60364 -5 -5 2 :20 09 , T able B.52.14)
k-j = 0,61 fo r co n d u cto r te m p era ture 70 °C, a m b ie n t a ir te m p era ture 55 °C
k^ fo r o the r a ir te m p era ture s: see T able H.2;
k2 is the red uctio n fa cto r fo r groups o f m ore than one c irc u it (see fu rth e r e xpla n a tio n in
fo o tn o te s b, c and d o f Table H.1);
a is the te m p era ture co e ffic ie n t o f resista nce , a = 0,004 K " 1;
Tc is the co n d u cto r te m p era ture ;
/ 30 is the m axim um ope ra ting cu rre n t o f a single co n d u cto r fo r a ir te m p era ture around the
co nd ucto r o f 30 °C.
Table H.2 - Reduction facto r A1 for cables with a p erm issible c on du cto r tem p eratu re
of 70 °C (extract from IEC 60364-5-52:2009, Table B.52.14)
A i r te m p e r a tu r e in s id e th e e n c lo s u r e R e d u c tio n fa c t o r ,
a r o u n d th e c o n d u c t o r s *1
°C
20 1,1 2
25 1,06
30 1,00
35 0,9 4
40 0 ,8 7
45 0 ,7 9
50 0,71
55 0,61
60 0 ,5 0
If the ope ra ting cu rre n t in Table H.1 is converted fo r o th e r a ir te m p era ture s using the
red uctio n fa c to r k^, then also the co rresp on din g pow er losses shall be ca lcu late d using the
fo rm u la given above.
A n n ex I
(inform ative)
The d issip ate d heat o f circu its built from co m p on en ts w ith Jo ule losses is p ro po rtio na l to the
true RMS value o f the cu rren t. An e q u iva le n t RM S cu rren t rep re sen ting the th erm al e ffe c t o f
the real in te rm itte n t cu rre n t can be ca lcu late d w ith the fo rm u la given in Figure 1.1. This
e nables the th erm al e qu iva len t true RMS cu rre n t (/eff) in the case o f in te rm itte n t d uty to be
d eterm ined, and thus the p erm issible load pattern. U nless s p e c ific inform a tion is a va ila b le on
the therm al tim e co nsta nts, the O N -tim es should not exceed 30 m in and the ON tim e should
be less than the OFF tim e, since sm all devices could a lready reach th e ir th erm al equ ilibrium .
For DC a pp lica tio n s, the sam e co nside ratio n is a pp lica ble using the mean value o f the cu rren t
instead o f the RMS value. The th erm al e q u iv a le n t cu rre n t fo r p re dicta bly va ry in g /in te rm itte n t
loads should not exceed the group rated c u rre n t o f the c irc u it / ng o f the a ssem bly unless
precise inform a tion is a va ila b le fo r the loading o f a dja ce n t circu its.
IEC
'e ff
h + / 2 + /3
Key
12 R un tim e a t c u r re n t / 2
C y c le tim e
A nnex J
(norm ative)
J.1 General
The su bclau se num bering w ithin A nnex J alig ns w ith th a t o f the body o f the docum ent.
For the purposes o f A nnex J, the fo llo w in g term s and d e fin itio n s apply. (See Figure J.1.)
J .3 .8.13.1
port
p a rticu la r inte rfa ce o f the sp ecified a pp aratus w ith e xternal e le ctro m a g n e tic e n viro n m e nt
E nclosure port
P ow er port
Signal port (control supply port)
Equipment/apparatus
Functional earth port Main port
J .3 .8.13.2
enclosure port
physical bou nd ary o f the a pp aratus through w hich e le c tro m a g n e tic fie ld s m ay rad ia te or
im pinge on
J .3 .8.13.3
functional earth port
port o the r than signal, co ntrol or pow er port, intended fo r co nn ectio n to earth fo r purposes
o th e r than e le ctrica l sa fety
J .3 .8.13.4
signal port
port at w hich a co nd ucto r or cable intended to ca rry sign als is co nn ecte d to the apparatus
J .3 .8.13.5
p o w er port
control supply port
port at w hich a co n d u cto r or ca ble ca rrying the p rim ary e le c tric a l pow er needed fo r the
ope ra tion (fun ction ing ) o f an a pp aratus or a ssociated a pp aratus is connected to the a pp aratus
J .3 .8 .1 3.6
main port
port at w hich a co nd ucto r or cable is connected to a pole o f the m ain c irc u it o f the e quipm ent
J.9.4.1 General
For the m ajority o f a ssem bly a p p lica tio n s fa llin g w ithin the scope o f th is docum ent, tw o sets o f
e nviro n m e nta l co n d itio n s are co nside red and are referred to as e n viro n m e n t A and
e n viro n m e n t B.
a) E nviro nm e nt A
E nviro nm e nt A relates to a pow er netw ork supplied from a high o r m edium voltage
tra n sfo rm e r d edicated to the supply o f an in s ta lla tio n feeding m an ufa ctu rin g or sim ilar
plant, and intended to ope ra te in o r in pro xim ity to ind ustria l loca tio n s, as described below.
This docu m e nt a p p lie s also to a pp aratus w hich is b atte ry-o p e ra te d and intended to be
used in ind ustria l locations.
The e nviro n m e nts encom passed are in d u s tria l, both indoor and outdoor.
In du stria l loca tion s are in add itio n ch ara cte rize d by the existen ce o f one or m ore o f the
fo llo w in g exam ples:
- in d u stria l, s c ie n tific and m edical (ISM ) a pp aratus (as d efin ed in C ISPR
11:2 01 5/A M D 1:2016);
- heavy ind uctive or ca p a citive loads are fre q u e n tly sw itched;
- cu rren ts and a ssociated m ag ne tic fie ld s are high.
b) E nvironm ent B
E nviro nm e nt B relates to low -volta ge pub lic m ains netw orks or a pp aratus connected to a
d edicated DC source w hich is intended to inte rfa ce betw een the a pp aratus and the low -
vo ltag e pub lic m ains netw ork. It a pplies a lso to apparatus w hich is b a ttery-o pe rate d or is
pow ered by a non -p ub lic, but n on -in du stria l, low -volta ge pow er d is trib u tio n system if this
a pp aratus is intended to be used in the loca tion s described below.
The e nviro n m e nts encom passed are reside n tial, com m ercial and lig h t-in d u s tria l locations,
both indoors and outd oo rs. The fo llo w in g list, although not com p re he nsive , gives an
ind icatio n o f loca tion s w hich are included:
- reside n tial p ro pe rtie s, fo r exam ple houses, apartm ents;
- retail outlets, fo r exam ple shops, su pe rm arke ts;
- business prem ises, fo r exam ple o ffices, banks;
- areas o f public e nte rta in m e n t, fo r exam ple cinem as, public bars, dance halls;
- o utd oo r locations, fo r exam ple petrol sta tion s, car parks, am usem ent and sports
centres;
- lig h t-in d u stria l locations, fo r exam ple w orkshops, lab o ra to rie s, se rvice centres.
Locations w hich are ch ara cte rize d by being supplied d ire ctly at low -volta ge from the public
m ains netw ork are co nside red to be reside n tial, co m m ercial or lig h t-in d u s tria l.
T he e nviro n m e nta l co nd itio n (en viro nm en t A a n d /o r e n viro n m e n t B) fo r w hich the a ssem bly is
su ita b le shall be stated by the a ssem bly m anufacturer.
A sse m blies are in m ost cases m anufactured or assem bled on a o n e -o ff basis, in c o rp o ra ting a
m ore o r less random co m b in a tion o f devices and com ponents.
No EMC im m unity or em ission tests are required on final a ssem blies if the follow ing
co n d itio n s are fu lfille d :
a) the inco rp o ra ted devices and co m ponents are in co m p lia nce w ith the req uirem en ts fo r
EMC fo r the stated e n viro n m e n t (see J .9 .4 .1 ) as required by the releva n t pro du ct or
g en eric EMC standard.
b) the interna l in sta lla tio n and w iring is ca rried out in accorda nce w ith the devices and
co m p on en ts' m a n u fa ctu re r’s instru ction s (a rra ng e m e nt w ith regard to m utual influences,
cable, screening, e arthin g, etc.).
In all o the r cases, the EMC req uirem en ts are to be v e rifie d w ith tests as per J.10.12.
J.9.4.3 Im m unity
U nder norm al se rvice co nd itio ns, a ssem blies not in c o rp o ra ting e le c tro n ic c ircu its are not
se n sitive to e le ctro m a g n e tic d istu rb a n ce s and th e re fo re no im m unity te sts are required.
E le ctron ic e qu ip m e n t inco rp o ra ted in a ssem blies shall com ply w ith the im m unity requirem ents
o f the re le va n t p ro du ct or g en eric EMC standard and shall be su ita b le fo r the sp ecified EMC
e n viro n m e nt stated by the a ssem bly m anufacturer.
In all o th e r cases, the EMC req uirem en ts are to be v e rifie d w ith tests as per J.10.12.
E q uip m e nt using e le ctro n ic circu its in w hich all co m ponents are passive (for exam ple diodes,
resisto rs, va risto rs, ca p a cito rs, surge su pp re ssors, ind uctors) are not required to be tested.
The a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r shall obtain, from the device a n d /o r co m p on en t m anufacturer, the
sp e cific p erform an ce crite ria o f the pro du ct as given in the releva n t a ssem bly standard.
J .9.4.4 Emission
For a ssem blies not in co rp o ra ting e le c tro n ic circu its, e le c tro m a g n e tic d isturba nce s can only be
generated by e qu ip m en t during o ccasion al sw itchin g ope ra tion s. The d uration o f the
d istu rb a n ce s is o f the o rd e r o f m illiseco nd s. T he freq u e n cy, the level and the conse qu en ces o f
th ese em ission s are co nside red as part o f the norm al e le c tro m a g n e tic e n viro n m e n t o f low -
voltage in sta lla tio n s. T he refo re , the req uirem en ts fo r e le ctro m a g n e tic em ission are deem ed to
be sa tisfie d , and no ve rifica tio n is necessary.
E le ctron ic e qu ip m e n t inco rp o ra ted in the a ssem bly shall com ply w ith the em ission
requirem ents o f the releva n t product or g en eric EMC standard and shall be su ita b le fo r the
sp e cific EMC e n viro n m e n t stated by the a ssem bly m anufacturer.
E q uip m e nt u tilizin g e le ctro n ic circu its in w hich all co m p on en ts are passive (fo r exam ple
diodes, resisto rs, va risto rs, ca pa citors, surge s u pp re ssors, in d u cto rs) are not required to be
tested.
A sse m blies inco rp o ra ting e le ctro n ic c irc u its (such as sw itched m ode pow er supplies, circu its
inco rp o ra ting m icro proce ssors w ith h ig h -fre q u e n cy c lo cks) m ay generate co ntin uo us
e le ctro m a g n e tic d isturba nce s.
For such em issions, these shall not exceed the lim its specified in the re le va n t product
standard, or the req uirem en ts o f C lause 9 to g e th e r w ith T ab les 3 to 5, o f IEC 6 10 00 -6 -4 :2 01 8
fo r e n viro n m e n t A a n d /o r C lause 7 to g e th e r w ith T ab les 1 to 4, o f IEC 61000-6-
3 :20 06 /A M D 1 :20 10 fo r e n viro n m e n t B shall apply, exclu din g s ta tis tic a l m ethods, if any. T ests
are to be ca rried out as detailed in the re le va n t pro du ct standard, if any, o th e rw ise according
to J.10.12.
J . 10.12.1 General
F unctional units w ithin a ssem blies w hich do not fu lfil the req uirem en ts o f J.9 .4 .2 a) and b)
shall be su bjected to the fo llo w in g tests, as a pplicable.
The em ission and im m unity tests shall be ca rried out in accorda nce w ith the re le va n t EMC
standard. H ow ever, the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r shall sp ecify any a dd itio n a l m easures
n ecessary to ve rify the crite ria o f p erform an ce fo r the a ssem blies if nece ssary (e.g.
a pp lica tion o f dw ell tim es).
T ests shall be m ade a ccordin g to the releva n t e n v iro n m e n t A or B. The values are given in
Table J.1 a nd /or Table J.2 e xcept w here a d iffe re n t te st level is given in the releva n t sp ecific
pro du ct standard.
P erform ance crite ria shall be stated by the a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r based on the acceptance
criteria in Table J.3.
J .1 0 .1 2 .3 Emission tests
The a ssem bly m an ufa ctu re r shall sp e cify the te st m ethods used; see J.9.4.4.2.
The em ission lim its fo r e n viro n m e n t A are given in IEC 6 10 00 -6 -4 :2 01 8, T able 3 to T able 5.
The em ission lim its fo r e n viro n m e nt B are given in IEC 6 1 0 0 0 -6 -3 :2 00 6 and IEC 61000-6-
3 :20 06 /A M D 1 :20 10 , T able 1 to T able 3.
If the a ssem bly in co rp o ra tes te leco m m un icatio n ports, the e m ission requirem ents of
CISPR 32:2015, releva n t to that port and to the se lected e nvironm ent, shall apply.
Table J.1 - Tests for EMC im m unity for e nvironm ent A (see J .10.12.2)
P e r fo r m a n c e
T y p e o f te s t T e s t le v e l r e q u ir e d
c r it e r io n c
1,4 G H z to 6 G H z 3 V /m A
IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -3 :2 0 0 6 , IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -
3 :2 0 0 6 /A M D 1 :2 0 0 7 an d IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -3 :2 0 0 6 /
A M D 2 :2 0 1 0
C o n d u c te d ra d io -fre q u e n c y im m u n ity te s t
10 V (p o w e r p o rts )
(1 5 0 k H z to 80 M H z ) A
10 V (s ig n a l p o rts ) 1
IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -6 :2 0 1 3
70 % d u rin g 25 / 4 0 % d u rin g 10 /
C
30 c y c le s 12 c y c le s
70 % d u rin g 25 /
B
30 c y c le s
80 % d u rin g 2 5 0 /
B
30 0 c y c le s
IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -1 1 :2 0 0 4 an d IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 - 0 % d u rin g 2 5 0 / 0 % d u rin g 2 5 0 / C
1 1 :2 0 0 4 /A M D 1 :2 0 1 7 3 0 0 c y c le s 30 0 c y c le s
e T h e v a lu e b e fo re th e s la s h m a rk (/) is fo r 50 H z a n d th e v a lu e a fte r fo r 60 Hz te s ts .
Table J.2 - Tests for EMC im m unity for e nvironm ent B (see J .10.12.2)
P e r fo r m a n c e
T y p e o f te s t T e s t le v e l r e q u ir e d
c r it e r io n c
8 0 M H z to 1 G H z 3 V /m A
IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -3 :2 0 0 6 , IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -
3 :2 0 0 6 /A M D 1 :2 0 0 7 a n d IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -3 :2 0 0 6 /
A M D 2 :2 0 1 0
IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -3 :2 0 0 6 , IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 - 3 V /m A
3 :2 0 0 6 /A M D 1 :2 0 0 7 an d IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -3 :2 0 0 6 /
A M D 2 :2 0 1 0
1 ,2 /5 0 ps an d 8 /2 0 ps s u rg e im m u n ity te s t
±2 kV (lin e to e a rth ) on p o w e r p o rts
IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -5 :2 0 1 4 a n d IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 - B
±1 kV (lin e to e a rth ) on s ig n a l p o rts
5 :2 0 1 4 /A M D 1 :2 0 1 7 a
C o n d u c te d ra d io -fre q u e n c y im m u n ity te s t
(1 5 0 k H z to 80 M H z ) 3 V (s ig n a l p o rts an d p o w e r p o rts ) A
IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -6 :2 0 1 3
V o lta g e d ip s im m u n ity te s t
0 % d u rin g 0 ,5 c y c le an d 1 c y c le C
(5 0 Hz / 6 0 H z)
IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -1 1 :2 0 0 4 an d IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 - 70 % d u rin g 2 5 / 3 0 c y c le s c d C
1 1 :2 0 0 4 /A M D 1 :2 0 1 7 d
IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -1 1 :2 0 0 4 an d IE C 6 1 0 0 0 -4 - 0 % d u rin g 2 5 0 / 3 0 0 c y c le s C (J C
1 1 :2 0 0 4 /A M D 1 :2 0 1 7
T able J.3 - A ccep tan ce criteria when e lectrom ag n etic dis turbances are present
A c c e p ta n c e c r it e r ia
Ite m ( p e r fo r m a n c e c r it e r ia d u r in g t e s t s )
A B C
N o n o tic e a b le c h a n g e s T e m p o ra ry d e g ra d a tio n o r lo s s o f
o f th e o p e ra tin g T e m p o ra ry d e g ra d a tio n o r p e rfo rm a n c e w h ic h re q u ire s
O v e ra ll
c h a ra c te ris tic lo s s o f p e rfo rm a n c e w h ic h o p e ra to r in te rv e n tio n o r s y s te m
p e rfo rm a n c e
is s e lf-re c o v e ra b le re s e ta
O p e ra tin g a s in te n d e d
T e m p o ra ry d e g ra d a tio n o r lo s s o f
O p e ra tio n o f p o w e r T e m p o ra ry d e g ra d a tio n o r
p e rfo rm a n c e w h ic h re q u ire s
an d a u x ilia ry N o u n w a n te d o p e ra tio n lo s s o f p e rfo rm a n c e w h ic h
o p e ra to r in te rv e n tio n o r s y s te m
c irc u its is s e lf-re c o v e ra b le a
re s e t a
N o c h a n g e s to v is ib le S h u t d o w n o r p e rm a n e n t lo s s o f
d is p la y in fo rm a tio n T e m p o ra ry v is ib le d is p la y . W ro n g in fo rm a tio n a n d /o r
O p e ra tio n o f c h a n g e s o r lo s s o f u n p e rm itte d o p e ra tin g m o d e ,
O n ly s lig h t lig h t in fo rm a tio n w h ic h s h o u ld be a p p a re n t o r fo r
d is p la y s and in te n s ity flu c tu a tio n o f
c o n tro l p a n e ls w h ic h a n in d ic a tio n s h o u ld be
L E D s , o r s lig h t U n d e s ire d LE D p ro v id e d .
m ovem ent of illu m in a tio n
c h a ra c te rs N o t s e lf-re c o v e ra b le
E rro n e o u s p ro c e s s in g o f
T e m p o ra rily d is tu rb e d in fo rm a tio n
U n d is tu rb e d
In fo rm a tio n c o m m u n ic a tio n , w ith
c o m m u n ic a tio n an d L o s s o f d a ta a n d /o r in fo rm a tio n
p ro c e s s in g an d p o s s ib le e r ro r re p o rts o f
d a ta in te rc h a n g e to
s e n s in g fu n c tio n s th e in te rn a l an d e x te rn a l E rro rs in c o m m u n ic a tio n
e x te rn a l d e v ic e s
d e v ic e s
N o t s e lf-re c o v e ra b le
A n n ex K
(norm ative)
Table K.1 and Table K.2 p rovide values fo r co n d u cto r o pe ra ting cu rren ts and pow er losses
u nder ideal co n d itio n s w ithin an a ssem bly (see 10.10.2.2.3, 10.10.4.2.1 and 10.10.4.3.1).
A nnex K does not a pp ly to co n d u cto rs v e rifie d by testing.
T he ca lcu la tio n m ethods used to e sta b lish th ese values are given to ena ble values to be
ca lcu late d fo r o th e r co nd itio ns.
Table K.1 - O perating current and power loss o f bare copper bars with rectangular
cross-section, run horizontally and arranged with their largest face vertical, frequency
50 Hz to 60 Hz (am bient air tem p eratu re inside the assem bly: 55 °C,
tem p eratu re of the c on d u cto r 70 °C)
H e ig h t * th ic k n e s s C ro s s - O n e b a r p e r lin e T w o b a rs p e r lin e
o f b a rs s e c tio n a l (s p a c e b e tw e e n th e tw o b a rs is e q u a l
a re a o f b a r to th e t h ic k n e s s o f o n e b a r)
I II
*3 O p e r a tin g P o w e r - lo s s e s *3 O p e r a tin g P o w e r - lo s s e s
c u rre n t p e r lin e c u rre n t p e r lin e
c o n d u c to r , Pv c o n d u c to r ,
m m x mm mm2 A W /m A W /m
CO
9 .4
O'
o
T—
The cu rre n t rating given in Table K.1 shall be d e-rated by 20 % fo r busbars run h orizo n tally
and arranged w ith th e ir large st face h orizontal or run v e rtic a lly fo r m ore than 2 m.
2
^ = -— x [ 1+ ct x (7c “ 20 °C )]
KXA
w here
For a co n d u cto r w here the ve rifica tio n is by ca lcu latio n, the design te m p era ture o f the
co nd ucto r shall not exceed 90 °C. H igher busbar te m p era ture s m ay be accepted when they
have been p re vio u sly te ste d in a refe ren ce design.
N O T E 2 T h e m a x im u m d e s ig n te m p e ra tu re is s e t a t 9 0 °C in o r d e r to ta k e in to a c c o u n t v a r ia tio n s th a t ca n o c c u r in
p ra c tic e d u e to th e o p e ra tin g te m p e ra tu re s o f s p e c ific d e v ic e s .
Table K.2 - F actor A4 fo r different tem peratures of the air inside the assembly
a nd/or for the conductors
A ir te m p e r a tu r e in s id e th e F a c to r A4
e n c lo s u r e a r o u n d th e
c o n d u c to r s C o n d u c to r te m p e r a tu r e C o n d u c to r
o f 70 °C te m p e r a tu r e o f 90 °C
°C
20 2 ,0 8 2 ,4 9
25 1,94 2 ,3 7
30 1,82 2 ,2 6
35 1,69 2 ,1 4
40 1,54 2 ,0 3
45 1,35 1,91
50 1,18 1,7 7
55 1,00 1,6 2
60 0 ,7 7 1,4 8
It shall be considered that, d ep en de nt upon the design o f the a ssem bly, q u ite d iffe re n t
a m bient and co nd ucto r te m p era ture s can occur, e sp e cia lly w ith h ig he r o pe ra ting currents.
V e rifica tio n o f the actua l te m p e ra tu re -rise under these c o n d itio n s shall be d eterm ined by test.
T he pow er losses m ay then be ca lcu late d by the sam e m ethod as used fo r Table K.2.
NO TE 4 E x a m p le o n d e te rm in in g a c o n d u c to r s e c tio n .
P a ra m e te rs :
a ir te m p e ra tu re in s id e th e e n c lo s u re is 6 0 °C;
- p e rm is s ib le c o n d u c to r te m p e ra tu re o f 90 °C .
T o re ra te to an in te rn a l te m p e ra tu re o f 6 0 °C an d c o n d u c to r te m p e ra tu re o f 90 °C , d iv id e 2 0 0 A b y 1,4 8 (fro m
T a b le K .2 ). T h is g iv e s an e q u iv a le n t c u rre n t ra tin g o f 135,1 A.
A n n ex L
(inform ative)
L.1 G eneral
L.1.1 Principles
A ll a ssem blies generate heat in se rvice. T herm al e qu ilibrium is e stablished w hen the heat
d issip atio n ca p a b ility equals the heat produced. The te m p era ture w ill s ta b ilize at a
te m p e ra tu re -rise above the a m b ie n t a ir te m p era ture s u rrou nd ing the assem bly. The purpose
o f te m p e ra tu re -rise ve rifica tio n is to ensure te m p era ture s sta b iliz e at a value th a t w ill not
result in:
L.1.2.1 General
Several cu rren t ratings th a t are e ssen tial to the user o f a ssem blies are confirm ed during
te m p e ra tu re -rise ve rifica tio n . See L .1 .2.2 to L .1 .2.5.
In norm al se rvice, m ost o f the m ain c ircu its w ithin an a ssem bly are ca rrying load cu rren t. This
leads to m utual heating betw een circu its and in m ost cases a red uctio n in the cu rre n t carrying
ca p a b ility com pared w ith the nom inal rating o f the devices.
This red uctio n in cu rre n t ca rrying a b ility is d efined by the g roup rating, but as it is not possible
to a nticip a te every varying load pattern when d esigning an a ssem bly, it can only be specified
fo r assum ed co n d itio n s, nam ely, co ntin uo us and sim u ltan e ou s loading o f c irc u its w ithin a
specified group w ithin the assem bly.
G roup rating can be a ssigned to incom ing circ u its , m ain and d is trib u tio n busbars and outgoing
circu its. W ith o ut a fu ll und ersta nd in g o f the v a ria b ility o f va riou s load su pplied from an
assem bly, the group rating o f an outg oin g c irc u it should not be less than the design current,
/ B, fo r a circu it, as d efined in the IEC 60364 series.
The cu rre n t rating o f an a ssem bly defines the m axim um load cu rre n t th a t can be s u pp lie d via
the incom ing circu it(s) and d istribu te d via the m ain busbars. T his rating can be d eterm ined by
the ca p a city o f the incom ing circu it(s ) o r the m ain busbars.
The rated cu rre n t o f the assem bly, / nA, is the low er o f (i) the sum o f the g roup rated currents
o f the incom ing circu its, and (ii) the group rated cu rre n t o f the m ain busbars.
It is e ssen tial to note th a t the group rating o f the incom ing c irc u it(s ) m ay be low er than the
nom inal rating / n o f the devices used in the incom ing circu its.
At th e ir d iscre tio n , a m an ufa ctu re r may declare the rated cu rre n t of the outg oin g c ircu its in an
assem bly, / nc. This is the cu rre n t th a t an outg oin g c irc u it can d e liv e r w hen it is the only
outg oin g c irc u it th a t is loaded in the a ssem bly o r a ssem bly se ction . U nder these co nd itio ns
th ere are m inim al heating e ffe cts from o th e r circu its.
G e nerally, when there is only one outg oin g c irc u it in a section, the / nc fo r the c irc u it w ill be at
le a st equal to, but it w ill not be m uch h ig he r than / ng. W hen there are several c ircu its in a
section, / nc can be a p p re cia b ly h ig he r than / ng due 1o the m utual heating e ffe cts betw een
a dja ce n t circu its.
Know ing the loads (/B, tim e, d uratio n, e tc.) a llow s / ng, and / nc to be dete rm ine d, In som e
instances, fo r the design cu rre n t / B can exceed / ng. H ow ever, I B should never be g re a te r than
Aic-
W hen a load ta kes a cu rren t th a t is c y c lic or va ries o ver a re la tive sh ort period (the on tim e
being less than the o ff tim e and the m axim um on tim e being 30 m in), the therm al equ iva len t
steady sta te cu rre n t can be d erived as detailed in A nnex I. T his can be used instead of the
design cu rre n t / B to dete rm ine the rating o f the outgoing c irc u it required.
The rated cu rre n t / nc o f an incom ing c irc u it o r busb ar can be dete rm ine d, but it has no
pra ctical value. H ence, it is not norm a lly provided by m an ufa ctu re rs. The only useful cu rren t
carrying c a p a b ilitie sy o f incom ing c irc u its and b usbars are those w hen the a ssem bly is
o pe ra ting at full load; the g roup rated cu rren ts / ng.
The rated cu rren t o f a device / n is the rating o f the device according to its pro du ct standard.
This rating a pp lie s in defined co nd itio ns, u sua lly in fre e air, and w ith s p e c ific te st conductors.
G e nerally, a device d e-ra te s w hen it is installed in an assem bly. D evice ratin gs are not proven
during a ssem bly tests in a ccorda nce w ith the IEC 61439 series, but the rating o f a device / n
and the a ssociated p rotection ch a ra c te ris tic are vita l in ensuring a de qu ate p rotection fo r the
load circu it.
A ll the te m p e ra tu re -rise lim its given in this docu m e nt assum e th a t the a ssem bly w ill be
located in an e n viro n m e n t w here the d aily average and peak a m b ie n t a ir te m p era ture s do not
exceed 35 °C and 40 °C, resp ective ly.
This docu m e nt also a ssum es that all outgoing c ircu its w ith in an a ssem bly w ill not be loaded to
th e ir rated cu rre n t at the sam e tim e. This reco gn ition o f the p ra ctical s itu a tio n is d efined by a
"g roup ra tin g " provided fo r each outgoing circu it.
T em p e ra tu re -rise lim its w ithin the a ssem bly are the m a n u fa c tu re rs ’ re sp o n sib ility; th ey are
e sse n tia lly dete rm ine d based on o pe ra ting te m p era ture not excee ding the long-term c a p a b ility
o f the m ate ria ls used w ithin the a ssem bly. A t in te rfa ce s betw een the a ssem bly and the ‘w ider
w o rld ', fo r exam ple, cable te rm in a ls and ope ra ting handles, th is docu m e nt defines
te m p e ra tu re -rise lim its (see T able 6).
W ith in bou nd aries d efined in this docum ent, te m p e ra tu re -rise v e rific a tio n can be undertaken
by te sting , com p arison or a ssessm ent. See Figure L.1. It is p erm issible to use one o r a
co m b in a tion o f the ve rifica tio n m ethods se t out in th is d ocu m e nt to v e rify te m p e ra tu re -rise
p erform an ce o f an a ssem bly. This a llo w s the m an ufa ctu re r to choose the m ost a pp ro priate
m ethod fo r the assem bly, or part o f an a ssem bly, being co nside red , taking into co nside ratio n
volum es, the co n stru ctio n , design fle x ib ility , cu rre n t rating and size o f the assem bly.
In typ ical a p p lica tio n s invo lvin g som e ada pta tio n o f a standard design, it is highly like ly more
than one m ethod w ill be used to co ve r v a rio u s ele m e n ts o f the a ssem bly design.
L.3 Test
L.3.1 G e n e ra l
In o rd e r to avoid unn ece ssary te sting , th is d ocu m e nt pro vid e s guida nce on selecting groups o f
com p arab le fu n ctio n a l units. It then d etails how to se le ct the c ritic a l v a ria n t from the group for
test. D esign rules are then a pplied to assign ratings to o th e r c irc u its th a t are "the rm ally
sim ila r" to the critic a l va ria n t tested.
If several o r all circu its o f an a ssem bly are loaded s im u lta n e o u sly, then the sam e c irc u it is
only able to ca rry its group rated cu rren t, / ng, (see 3 .8.10 .6), ow ing to the th erm al influ en ce of
the o th e r circu its. T o ve rify the group ra te d cu rren t fo r the circu its, / ng, w ithin the assem bly,
tests w ith sim u ltan e ou s loaded circu its are nece ssary (see L .3 .3 M ethod b) and L .3 .4 M ethod
c), below ). If a m an ufa ctu re r chooses to d eclare rated cu rre n t fo r the c irc u it, / nc, separate
tests are ca rried out on each typ e o f outgoing circuit.
To avoid the large n um ber o f te sts th a t may be n ece ssary, 10.1 0.2.3 .5 d escrib e s a ve rifica tio n
m ethod w he re only one te st is m ade w ith a load applied s im u lta n e o u sly to all circu its. As the
individ ua l outg oin g c irc u its are not te ste d, only / ng can be dete rm ine d fo r each circu it.
If the te st set o f fu n ctio n a l u nits tested does not include one o f each o f the d iffe re n t typ es o f
outg oin g circu it inco rp o ra ted in the assem bly, fu rth e r tests are carried out taking into
co nside ratio n d iffe re n t groups o f outg oin g c irc u its until one o f each typ e has been tested.
W ith th is a rra n g e m e n t o f te sting , each c ritic a l v a ria n t o f the outg oin g c irc u it is tested
se p a ra te ly to confirm its rated cu rren t, and then the a ssem bly as a w hole is te ste d w ith the
incom ing c irc u it loaded to its group rated cu rre n t. The te s t sets o f outgoing circu its, as
required to d istrib u te the incom ing cu rre n t, are loaded to th e ir g roup rated cu rren t, / ng. The
set tested should include one outg oin g c irc u it o f each c ritic a l v a ria n t to be inco rp o ra ted in the
assem bly. W here th is is not practical, fu rth e r sets are tested until all c ritic a l v a ria n ts o f the
outg oin g circu it have been co nside red .
This te st regim e takes into a ccou nt the group loading o f outg oin g c irc u its th a t is a p p lica b le in
the m ajority o f a pp lica tio n s. H ow ever, as in m ethod a) above, the re s u lt is only a pp lica ble to a
sp ecific a rran ge m en t o f the a ssem bly tested.
L.3.4 Method c) - Verification considering individual functional units and the main
and distribution busbars separately as well as the com plete assem bly
(10.10.2.3.7)
T his te s t m ethod enables m od ula r system s to be te m p e ra tu re -ris e v e rifie d w ith o u t the need to
te st e very co nce iva ble com bination o f circ u its . T e m p e ra tu re -rise te sts are ca rried out
se p a ra te ly to prove the rating of:
a) m ain busbars,
b) d istrib u tio n busbars,
c) fu n ctio n a l units (op tion al),
d) a com p le te a ssem bly.
To ve rify the p erform an ce o f the a ssem bly as a w hole, m ethods a), b) and c) above, are
co m plem ented by a te st d) on a rep re sen ta tive a sse m b ly in w hich the incom ing and outgoing
circu its are loaded to th e ir group rated cu rren ts ( /ng).
W h ilst this app ro ach req uires m ore te sting than L.3.2 M ethod a) and L.3.3 M ethod b) above, it
has the a dvantage th a t the m od ula r system rath er than a s p e c ific a rran ge m en t o f the
a ssem bly is ve rified .
L .4 V e rific a tio n a s s e s s m e n t
L.4.1 General
V a rio us m ethods of ve rifying te m p e ra tu re -rise perform ance by ca lcu la tio n are included w ithin
this docum ent.
L.4 .2 Single co m p a rtm en t assem bly with a rated current ( /„ a ) not exceeding 630 A
This is a ve ry sim ple m ethod o f te m p e ra tu re -ris e v e rific a tio n th a t requires co nfirm a tion that
the to ta l pow er loss o f the co m ponents and co nd ucto rs w ith in the a ssem bly do not exceed the
know n pow er d issip a tio n ca p a b ility o f the e nclosu re. The scope o f th is approach is very
lim ited and in o rd er th a t th ere are no d iffic u ltie s w ith hot spots, all co m ponents should be de
rated to 80 % o f th e ir fre e a ir cu rre n t rating o r less.
L.4 .3 A ssem bly with rated currents ( / na) not exceeding 1 600 A
T em p e ra tu re -rise ve rifica tio n is by ca lcu latio n in a ccorda nce w ith IEC TR 608 90 :2 01 4 w ith
add itio na l m argins. The scope o f th is approach is lim ited to an a ssem bly rating, / nA, o f 1 600 A,
com ponents are d e-rated to 80 % o f th e ir free a ir rating o r less, and any h orizo n tal partition s
should have, as a m inim um , a 50 % open area.
L .5 V e r i f i c a t i o n b y c o m p a r i s o n w it h a r e f e r e n c e d e s ig n
This d ocu m e nt a llow s, in clea rly d efined circu m stan ces, fo r the d eriva tio n o f ratings from
sim ila r va rian ts th a t have been ve rified by test. For exam ple , if the cu rre n t rating o f a double
lam ination busbar has been e stab lish ed by te st, it is a ccep tab le to assign a rating equal to 50 %
o f the tested a rran ge m en t to a busb ar com p rising a single lam ina tion w ith the sam e w idth and
th ickn e ss as the tested lam ina tion s, w hen all o th e r c o n s id e ra tio n s are the sam e.
The rating o f all circu its w ithin a g roup o f com parable fu n ctio n a l units (all devices shall be o f
the sam e fram e size and belong to the sam e se rie s) can be derived from a single
te m p e ra tu re -rise te st on the critica l v a ria n t w ithin the group. An exam ple o f th is m ay be to test
a nom inal 250 A outg oin g circ u it-b re a k e r and e stab lish a rating fo r it in the a ssem bly. Then,
assum ing the sam e fram e size bre ake r is being co nside red and o th e r sp e cifie d c o n d itio n s are
met, ve rify by ca lcu la tio n the rating o f a nom inal 160 A c irc u it-b re a k e r w ithin the sam e
enclosure.
In resp ect o f te m p e ra tu re -rise , there are ve ry s tric t design rules th a t p erm it the s u b stitu tio n o f
a device w ith a sim ila r device from a no the r se ries o r even a no the r m ake, w ith o u t rete sting . In
th is case, in addition to the physical a rra n g e m e n t being e s s e n tia lly the sam e, the pow er loss
and te rm ina l te m p e ra tu re -rise o f the su b stitu te device, w hen it is tested in a ccorda nce w ith its
own p ro du ct standard, should not be h ig he r than those o f the o rig in a l device.
W hen co nside rin g device su b stitu tio n , all o the r perform ance c rite ria , in p a rtic u la r th a t dealing
w ith sh o rt-c irc u it ca p a b ility, should be co nside red and sa tisfie d , in accorda nce w ith th is
docum ent, before an a ssem bly is deem ed to be ve rified .
Key
assy . = a s s e m b ly
C om p. = c o m p a rtm e n t
A nnex M
(norm ative)
M.1 General
A nnex M d escrib e s a m ethod fo r assessing the s h o rt-c irc u it w ithstan d strength o f busbar
stru ctu re s o f an a ssem bly by a com p arison o f the a ssem bly to be assessed w ith an a ssem bly
a lrea d y ve rifie d by test (see 10.11.5).
For the purposes o f A nnex M, the fo llo w in g term s and d e fin itio n s apply.
M.2.1
tested busbar structure
TS
structure w hose a rra n g e m e n t and e qu ip m e n t are docum ented by draw ings, parts lists and
d e scrip tio n s in the te st ce rtifica te (Figure M.1)
Side view
1 1 1
i 3 1 53
1 \ 1
t
i i 1
1 1
t
/T
\
___ 1
1
— 4
E 3 £
• T '
Key
1 busbar
2 s u p p o rt
3 b u s b a r c o n n e c tio n
4 e q u ip m e n t c o n n e c tio n
a, b, / d is ta n c e s
M.2.2
non tested busbar structure
NTS
structure w hich req uires ve rifica tio n o f s h o rt-c irc u it w ithstan d stren gth (Figure M .2)
Side view
3 - £ A
Key
1 busbar
2 s u p p o rt
3 b u s b a r c o n n e c tio n
4 e q u ip m e n t c o n n e c tio n
a, b, I d is ta n c e s
T he sh o rt-c irc u it w ithstan d strength o f a derived busb ar s tru c tu re , i.e. an NTS, is ve rified from
a te ste d busbar structure (TS) by a pplying ca lcu la tio n s a ccordin g to IEC 60865-1:2011 to both
structures. The sh o rt-c irc u it w ithstan d stren gth o f the NTS is co nside red v e rifie d if the
ca lcu la tio n s show th a t the NTS does not have to w ithstan d h ig he r m echanical and therm al
stresse s than the tested structure.
M.4.1 General
C hanges o f param eters, such as busb ar clea ra n ces, busb ar c ro ss-se ctio n and busbar
co n fig u ra tio n are p erm issible only in so fa r as the fo llo w in g c o n d itio n s in M .4.2 to M .4 .7 are
adhered to.
T he th erm al sh o rt-c irc u it strength o f an NTS shall be ve rified by ca lcu la tio n s according to
IEC 6 0 8 6 5 -1 :2 0 1 1. The ca lcu late d te m p e ra tu re -rise o f the NTS shall not be higher than th a t o f
the TS.
C hanges o f m aterial o r shape o f supports taken from an a ssem bly ve rified by te st are not
perm itted. H ow ever, o th e r su p p o rts m ay be used but th ey sh all have been p re vio u sly tested
fo r the required m echanical strength w ith a s h o rt-c irc u it te st in a rep re sen ta tive a rran ge m en t.
T he typ e o f busbar and e qu ip m en t co nn ectio ns shall have been p re vio u sly verified by test.
IEC 60865-1:2011 is a pp lica ble only to s tra ig h t busbar c o n fig u ra tio n s . A n g u la r busbar
c o n fig u ra tio n s m ay be co nside red as a series o f s tra ig h t c o n fig u ra tio n s when su pp orts are
provided at the co rn ers (see Figure M .3).
1 busbar
2 s u p p o rt
3 e q u ip m e n t c o n n e c tio n
d s u p p o rt d is ta n c e
C op yrig ht I n ie r n a o n a l E te c iro te c h n k a l C o n rn ls s o n
P ro vid e d b y IHS M ailot unde r licen se w ith IEC
N o re p rod u s o n o r ne tw orking p e rm tte d w ith o u t Hcenso from IHS N ot l o r R esale. 0 5 0 6 2 0 2 0 18 4 9 13 M OT
IEC 6 1 4 39 -1 :2 02 0 © IEC 2020 - 145-
For ca lcu la tio n s in co n fo rm ity w ith IEC 60865-1:2011 on the tested s tru c tu re (TS ), the
fo llo w in g values o f the fa cto rs Va , Vas and VF shall be used:
^ s = ^ F = 1.0
w here
y o s y o 9 = 1 ’0 and
VF is found from ca lcu la tio n s in accorda nce w ith IEC 6 0 8 6 5 -1 :2 0 1 1, but VF < 1,0 is to be
replaced by KF = 1,0.
A n n ex N
(inform ative)
S u b c la u s e Text
lin e c o n d u c t o r (L )
c o n d u c to r w h ic h is e n e rg iz e d u n d e r n o rm a l c o n d itio n s a n d u s e d fo r th e tra n s m is s io n o f
e le c tric e n e rg y b u t w h ic h is n o t a n e u tra l o r m id c o n d u c to r
e a r th e d lin e c o n d u c t o r (L E )
p h a s e c o n d u c to r
p o le c o n d u c t o r
( e le c t r ic a lly ) p r o t e c t iv e b a r r ie r
e a r th f a u lt
e x p o s e d - c o n d u c tiv e - p a r t
c o n d u c tiv e p a rt o f e q u ip m e n t, w h ic h ca n be to u c h e d an d w h ic h is n o t liv e u n d e r
n o rm a l c o n d itio n s , b u t w h ic h ca n b e c o m e liv e w h e n b a s ic in s u la tio n fa ils
p r o t e c t iv e c o n d u c t o r (P E )
c o n d u c to r p ro v id e d fo r p u rp o s e s o f e le c tric a l s a fe ty , fo r e x a m p le p ro te c tio n a g a in s t
e le c tric s h o c k
n e u tr a l c o n d u c t o r (N )
S u b c la u s e Text
e a r t h - f a u lt c u r r e n t
b a s ic p r o t e c t io n
b a s ic in s u la t io n
p r o t e c t iv e e x tr a lo w - v o lta g e s y s te m (P E L V s y s te m )
- u n d e r n o rm a l c o n d itio n s and
s a fe ty e x tr a lo w - v o lta g e s y s te m (S E L V s y s te m )
- u n d e r n o rm a l c o n d itio n s and
m id c o n d u c t o r (M )
c la s s I e q u ip m e n t
c la s s II e q u ip m e n t
s h o r t- c ir c u it c u r re n t
3 .1 0 .2 A d d th e fo llo w in g n o te to e n try .
S u b c la u s e Text
N O T E 3 In N o rw a y , th e o v e rlo a d p ro te c tio n o f c o n d u c to rs s h a ll n o t s o le ly be b a se d
on th e u s e o f d iv e r s ity fa c to rs o f th e d o w n s tre a m c irc u its .
7.1.1 A d d th e fo llo w in g n o te :
8.3.1 A d d th e fo llo w in g :
M in im u m c le a ra n c e an d c re e p a g e d is ta n c e s fo r N o rth A m e ric a n re g io n a re g iv e n in
T a b le 1 a n d T a b le 2, re s p e c tiv e ly .
T a b le 1 - M in im u m c le a r a n c e s in a ir
R a te d o p e r a t io n a l M in im u m c le a r a n c e s
v o lta g e mm
V
P hase to phase P h a s e t o e a r th
(1 5 0 )a 12 5 o r le ss 12,7 12.7
251 to 60 0 2 5 ,4 2 5 ,4
3 V a lu e s in b ra c k e ts a re a p p lic a b le in M e x ic o .
T a b le 2 - M in im u m c re e p a g e d is ta n c e s
R a te d o p e r a t io n a l M in im u m c re e p a g e d is ta n c e s
v o lta g e mm
V
P hase to p h a se P h a s e t o e a rth
251 to 60 0 50 ,8 2 5 ,4
a V a lu e s in b ra c k e ts a re a p p lic a b le in M e x ic o .
NO TE In N o rw a y , th e n e u tra l c o n d u c to r s h a ll be is o la te d o r s w itc h e d .
S u b c la u s e Text
9 .2 A d d th e fo llo w in g :
T a b le 3 - N o rth A m e r ic a n t e m p e r a tu r e - r is e l im it s
P a rts o f a s s e m b lie s T e m p e r a tu r e - r is e
U n p la te d b u s b a rs 50
P la te d b u s b a rs 65
T e rm in a ls e x c e p t a s c o v e re d b e lo w 50
T e rm in a ls fo r d e v ic e s m a rk e d fo r use w ith 60
90 °C c o n d u c to rs , b a s e d u p o n 75 °C a m p a c ity
(c u rre n t-c a rry in g c a p a c ity )
T e rm in a ls fo r d e v ic e s ra te d 11 0 A and 65
le s s , if m a rk e d fo r u se w ith 7 5 °C c o n d u c to rs
S u b c la u s e Text
1 0 .1 0 .3 .5 A d d th e fo llo w in g n o te a fte r th e la s t p a ra g ra p h :
N O T E In C O , A U an d N Z, a s im ila r d e v ic e fro m a n o th e r m a n u fa c tu re r ca n be
s u b s titu te d if th e c o n d itio n s o f th is c la u s e a re s a tis fie d an d th e d e v ic e ra tin g d o e s n o t
e x c e e d 3 150 A.
1 0 .1 0 .3 .5 A d d th e fo llo w in g n o te a fte r th e la s t p a ra g ra p h :
1 0 .1 0 .3 .5 A d d th e fo llo w in g n o te a fte r th e la s t p a ra g ra p h :
N O T E In th e U S , n o in d iv id u a l d im e n s io n an d th e o v e ra ll d im e n s io n o f th e s u b s titu te
d e v ic e , h e ig h t * w id th x d e p th , s h a ll n o t e x c e e d 11 0 % o f th e o rig in a l d e v ic e . In
a d d itio n , w h e n th e s u b s titu tio n d e v ic e is in s ta lle d a s in te n d e d in th e a s s e m b ly , th e
d is ta n c e to a d ja c e n t d e v ic e s s h a ll n o t be le s s th a n 9 0 % o f th e d is ta n c e fo r th e
o rig in a l d e v ic e .
1 0 .1 0 .3 .5 A d d th e fo llo w in g n o te a fte r th e la s t p a ra g ra p h :
N O T E In Ita ly , th e v a lu e o f th e d e v ic e s te rm in a ls te m p e ra tu re -ris e (w h e n te s te d in
a c c o rd a n c e w ith th e re le v a n t p ro d u c t s ta n d a rd ) is n o t s ig n ific a n t to d e fin e if th e
s u b s titu tio n is p o s s ib le , p ro v id in g th a t b o th d e v ic e s a re to ta lly fu lfillin g th e p ro d u c t
s ta n d a rd s re q u ire m e n ts .
1 0 .1 1 .5 .6 .1 A d d th e fo llo w in g n o te a t th e en d o f th e s u b c la u s e :
T a b le 6 A d d th e fo llo w in g n o te to fo o tn o te b:
• h a v e a h e a t d is s ip a tio n le s s o r e q u a l to th a t o f th e re fe re n c e d e s ig n w h e n a p p lie d
fo r a c u rre n t c o r re s p o n d in g to th e ra te d b re a k in g c a p a c ity o f th e d e v ic e , and
• h a v e th e s a m e a rra n g e m e n t as in th e re fe re n c e d e s ig n .
S u b c la u s e Text
T a b le 13 A d d in ite m 6 th e fo llo w in g n o te :
Bibliography
IEC 60112:2003, M eth od fo r the d e te rm in a tio n o f the p ro o f and the co m p arative trackin g
ind ices o f s o lid in su la tin g m ate ria ls
IEC 6 0 1 12:2003/A M D 1:2009
IEC 60216 (all parts,), E le c tric a l in su la tin g m a te ria ls - T herm al e ndurance p ro p e rtie s
IEC 60269-2, Low -vo lta ge fu ses - P art 2: S u p p le m e n ta ry re q u ire m e n ts fo r fu ses fo r use by
a u th o riz e d p e rso n s (fuse s m a in ly fo r in d u s tria l a pp lica tio n ) - E xa m ples o f sta n d a rd iz e d
syste m s o f fuses A to K
IEC 6 0 3 64 -5 -5 3 :20 01 , E le c tric a l in sta lla tio n s o f b u ild in g s - P a rt 5-53: S electio n a nd e rection
o f e le c tric a l e qu ip m e n t - Isolation, sw itch in g a nd c o n tro l 9
IEC 6 03 64 -5 -5 3 :20 01 /A M D 1 :20 02
IEC 6 0 3 6 4 -5 -5 3 :2 0 0 1 /A M D 2 :2 0 1 5
IEC 60364 -5 -5 4 :20 11 , L ow -vo lta ge e le c tric a l in s ta lla tio n s - P a rt 5-54: S electio n a nd e rection
o f e le c tric a l e q u ip m e n t - E a rthin g a rran ge m en ts and p ro te c tiv e co nd ucto rs
IEC 60364 -5 -5 5 :20 11 , E le c tric a l in s ta lla tio n s o f b u ild in g s - P art 5-55: S electio n a nd e rection
o f e le c tric a l e q u ip m e n t - O ther e qu ip m en t
IEC 6 0 3 6 4 -5 -5 5 :2 0 1 1/AM D 1:2012
IEC 6 0 3 6 4 -5 -5 5 :2 0 1 1/AM D 2:2016
IEC 60417, G ra p h ica l sym bo ls fo r use on e qu ip m e n t (ava ila b le at h ttp ://w w w .g ra p h ica l-
sym bo ls.in fo /e qu ip m en t)
IEC 6 0 6 95 -1 1-5 :20 16 , F ire h a za rd te sting - P a rt 11-5: Test flam es - N ee dle -fla m e test
m eth od - A p pa ratu s, co n firm a to ry te s t a rra n g e m e n t a n d guida nce
IEC 60724:2000, S h o rt-c irc u it te m p era ture lim its o f e le c tric cables with ra te d voltages o f
1 k V (Um = 1,2 kV) a nd 3 k V (U m = 3,6 kV)
IEC 607 24 :2 00 0/A M D 1 :20 0 8
IEC 6 0 9 4 7 -7 -2 :2 00 9, Low -vo lta ge sw itc h g e a r and co n tro lg e a r - P art 7-2: A n c illa ry e qu ip m en t
- P ro te ctive c o n d u cto r te rm in a l blo cks fo r c o p p e r co nd ucto rs
IEC 6 1 0 00 -4 -1 3 :20 02 , E le ctro m a g n e tic c o m p a tib ility (EM C) - P art 4-13: T esting and
m e a surem e nt te ch n iq u e s - H a rm on ics and in te rh a rm o n ic s in clu d in g m ains sig n a llin g a t a.c.
p o w e r port, lo w -fre q u e n cy im m u n ity tests
IEC 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -1 3 :2002/A M D 1:2009
IEC 6 1 0 0 0 -4 -1 3 :2 0 0 2 /A M D 2 :2 0 15
IEC 6 1 0 0 0 -6 -1 :2016, E le ctro m a g n e tic c o m p a tib ility (EM C) - P a rt 6-1: G eneric sta nd ard s -
Im m u n ity sta n d a rd fo r re s id e n tia l, co m m e rcia l a n d lig h t-in d u s tria l e nviro n m e nts
IEC 6 10 00 -6 -2 :2 01 6, E le ctro m a g n e tic c o m p a tib ility (EM C) - P art 6-2: G eneric sta n d a rd s -
Im m u n ity sta n d a rd fo r in d u s tria l e nviro n m e nts
IEC 6 10 00 -6 -3 :2 00 6, E le ctro m a g n e tic c o m p a tib ility (EM C) - P art 6-3: G eneric sta nd ard s -
E m ission sta n d a rd fo r reside n tial, co m m e rcia l a nd lig h t-in d u s tria l enviro n m e nts
IEC 6 1 0 0 0 -6 -3 :2 00 6/A M D 1 :2 01 0
IEC TR 61641, E n close d low -volta ge s w itc h g e a r a nd c o n tro lg e a r a ssem blies - G uide fo r
te sting u nd e r co n d itio n s o f a rcin g due to in te rn a l fa u lt
IEC TR 619 12 -2 :2 00 9, L ow -vo lta ge s w itc h g e a r and co n tro lg e a r - O ve r-cu rre n t p ro te c tiv e
devices - P art 2: S e le ctivity u n d e r o v e r-c u rre n t c o n d itio n s
C opper D eve lop m e nt A sso cia tio n P u blica tion No. 22:1996, European C opper In stitu te
P u blica tion No. C u0201, C o p pe r fo r B usbars - G u idance fo r D esign a nd In sta lla tio n
C 22.2 NO. 94.1-15, E n closu re s fo r e le c tric a l equipm ent, n o n -e n v iro n m e n ta l co n sid e ra tio n s